UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-Q


x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                   to                    


Commission file number 001-10898


The Travelers Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

Minnesota

 

41-0518860

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

385 Washington Street,

St. Paul, MN 55102

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(651) 310-7911

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes x     No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer     x

 

Accelerated filer     o

 

Non-accelerated filer     o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o     No x

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, without par value, outstanding at July 19, 2007 was 656,515,649.

 




The Travelers Companies, Inc.

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

For Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

Part I – Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited) – Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet – June 30, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Unaudited) – Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited) – Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II – Other Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Other Information

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

88

 

2




Item 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

5,327

 

$

5,181

 

$

10,622

 

$

10,172

 

Net investment income

 

990

 

874

 

1,950

 

1,749

 

Fee income

 

127

 

153

 

247

 

303

 

Net realized investment gains

 

128

 

10

 

142

 

4

 

Other revenues

 

1

 

37

 

39

 

77

 

Total revenues

 

6,573

 

6,255

 

13,000

 

12,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

3,096

 

3,153

 

6,285

 

6,195

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

915

 

814

 

1,784

 

1,614

 

General and administrative expenses

 

836

 

866

 

1,669

 

1,660

 

Interest expense

 

85

 

78

 

161

 

154

 

Total claims and expenses

 

4,932

 

4,911

 

9,899

 

9,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

1,641

 

1,344

 

3,101

 

2,682

 

Income tax expense

 

387

 

374

 

761

 

706

 

Net income

 

$

1,254

 

$

970

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.90

 

$

1.40

 

$

3.52

 

$

2.85

 

Diluted

 

$

1.86

 

$

1.36

 

$

3.41

 

$

2.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

658.6

 

691.8

 

664.2

 

692.0

 

Diluted

 

676.0

 

720.4

 

688.6

 

720.6

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

3




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(in millions)

 

 

June 30,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available for sale at fair value (including $1,666 and $1,674 subject to securities lending) (amortized cost $63,912 and $62,244)

 

$

63,321

 

$

62,666

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost $432 and $436)

 

464

 

473

 

Real estate

 

867

 

793

 

Short-term securities

 

4,480

 

4,938

 

Other investments

 

3,225

 

3,398

 

Total investments

 

72,357

 

72,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

562

 

459

 

Investment income accrued

 

862

 

827

 

Premiums receivable

 

6,489

 

6,181

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

16,734

 

17,820

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

1,341

 

1,243

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

1,797

 

1,615

 

Deferred tax asset

 

1,700

 

1,536

 

Contractholder receivables

 

6,737

 

6,554

 

Goodwill

 

3,366

 

3,438

 

Other intangible assets

 

884

 

764

 

Other assets

 

2,532

 

2,587

 

Total assets

 

$

115,361

 

$

115,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

58,504

 

$

59,288

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

11,459

 

11,228

 

Contractholder payables

 

6,737

 

6,554

 

Payables for reinsurance premiums

 

784

 

685

 

Debt

 

6,733

 

5,760

 

Other liabilities

 

5,822

 

6,642

 

Total liabilities

 

90,039

 

90,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Savings Plan—convertible preferred stock (0.4 shares
issued and outstanding at both dates)

 

119

 

129

 

Common stock (1,750.0 shares authorized; 657.0 and 678.3 shares
issued and outstanding)

 

18,839

 

18,530

 

Retained earnings

 

9,228

 

7,253

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

(220

)

452

 

Treasury stock, at cost (51.8 and 25.2 shares)

 

(2,644

)

(1,229

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

25,322

 

25,135

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

115,361

 

$

115,292

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

4




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

(in millions)

For the six months ended June 30,

 

2007

 

2006

 

Convertible preferred stock—savings plan

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

129

 

$

153

 

Redemptions during period

 

(10

)

(13

)

Total preferred shareholders’ equity

 

119

 

140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

18,530

 

18,096

 

Employee share-based compensation

 

178

 

75

 

Conversion of convertible notes

 

36

 

 

Compensation amortization under share-based plans and other

 

95

 

88

 

Balance, end of period

 

18,839

 

18,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

7,253

 

3,750

 

Net income

 

2,340

 

1,976

 

Dividends

 

(368

)

(343

)

Minority interest and other

 

3

 

(1

)

Balance, end of period

 

9,228

 

5,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

452

 

351

 

Change in net unrealized gain on investment securities

 

(716

)

(804

)

Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation and other changes

 

44

 

47

 

Balance, end of period

 

(220

)

(406

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock (at cost)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

(1,229

)

(47

)

Reacquired under share repurchase program

 

(1,347

)

(250

)

Reacquired related to employee share-based compensation plans

 

(68

)

(26

)

Balance, end of period

 

(2,644

)

(323

)

Total common shareholders’ equity

 

25,203

 

22,912

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

25,322

 

$

23,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

678.3

 

693.4

 

Shares acquired – share repurchase program

 

(25.3

)

(5.6

)

Net shares issued under employee share-based compensation plans

 

3.3

 

3.6

 

Shares issued pursuant to conversion of convertible notes

 

0.7

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

657.0

 

691.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

Other changes in equity from nonowner sources, net of tax

 

(672

)

(757

)

Total changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

$

1,668

 

$

1,219

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

5




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(in millions)

For the six months ended June 30,

 

2007

 

2006

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized investment gains

 

(142

)

(4

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

408

 

394

 

Deferred federal income tax expense

 

181

 

203

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

1,784

 

1,614

 

Equity income from other investments

 

(372

)

(274

)

Premiums receivable

 

(351

)

(248

)

Reinsurance recoverables

 

1,079

 

1,006

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

(1,991

)

(1,710

)

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

(605

)

(1,646

)

Unearned premium reserves

 

335

 

375

 

Trading account activities

 

(4

)

6

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

(20

)

(6

)

Other

 

(718

)

(275

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,924

 

1,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of fixed maturities

 

2,564

 

2,650

 

Proceeds from sales of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

1,538

 

3,174

 

Equity securities

 

56

 

126

 

Other investments

 

931

 

512

 

Purchases of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

(6,013

)

(8,049

)

Equity securities

 

(55

)

(64

)

Real estate

 

(53

)

(14

)

Other investments

 

(371

)

(363

)

Net sales (purchases) of short-term securities

 

304

 

(93

)

Securities transactions in course of settlement

 

54

 

509

 

Other

 

(210

)

(122

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(1,255

)

(1,734

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt

 

(1,468

)

(4

)

Issuance of debt

 

2,461

 

786

 

Dividends to shareholders

 

(368

)

(343

)

Issuance of common stock – employee share options

 

160

 

58

 

Treasury shares acquired – share repurchase program

 

(1,335

)

(230

)

Treasury shares acquired – net employee share-based compensation

 

(38

)

(17

)

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

20

 

6

 

Other

 

 

1

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(568

)

257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

2

 

3

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

103

 

(63

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

459

 

337

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

562

 

$

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

786

 

$

253

 

Interest paid

 

$

161

 

$

164

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

6




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

1.                        BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company). These financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and are unaudited.  In the opinion of the Company’s management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation have been reflected.  Certain financial information that is normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, but that is not required for interim reporting purposes, has been omitted.  Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2006 financial statements to conform to the 2007 presentation.  This includes a reclassification of certain contractholder receivables and payables in the consolidated balance sheet, which had previously been reported on a net basis, to a gross basis, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy.  The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

Effective February 26, 2007, The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. amended its articles of incorporation to change its name to The Travelers Companies, Inc. and, effective the same day, amended its bylaws to reflect the name change.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48).  FIN 48 is intended to clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Under FIN 48, evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process.  The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation based on the technical merits of that position.  The second step is to measure a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not threshold to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the financial statements.  A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold shall initially and subsequently be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent period in which the threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not criteria should be de-recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which the threshold is no longer met.

The adoption of FIN 48 at January 1, 2007 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 was $339 million.  Included in that balance were $101 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the annual effective tax rate and $175 million of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of deductibility.  The timing of such deductibility would not affect the annual effective tax rate.  The balance of unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007 was comprised of $63 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce goodwill.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes.  The Company had approximately $35 million for the payment of interest accrued at January 1, 2007.

7




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

1.                                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

During the six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company effectively settled Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax examinations for all years through December 31, 2004.  As a result, the Company recorded after-tax benefits of $58 million and $86 million in its consolidated statement of income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively.  In addition, $63 million of previously unrecognized tax benefits related to the IRS settlement were recognized through a reduction of goodwill during the second quarter of 2007.

The Company does not expect any significant changes to its liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months.

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FIN 48-1, Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FSP FIN 48-1). The FSP addresses whether it is appropriate for a company to recognize a previously unrecognized tax benefit when the only factor that has changed, since determining that a benefit should not be recognized, was the completion of an examination or audit by a taxing authority.  The FSP is effective January 1, 2007, the date of the Company’s initial adoption of FIN 48.  The adoption of FSP FIN 48-1 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (FAS 155).  FAS 155 nullifies the guidance in the FASB’s Derivatives Implementation Group Issue D1 “Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Assets”, which had deferred the bifurcation requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (FAS 133), for certain beneficial interests in securitized financial assets.  FAS 155 requires that beneficial interests in securitized financial assets be analyzed to determine whether they are freestanding derivatives or hybrid instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation.

FAS 155 permits entities to fair value any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation.  This election is on a contract-by-contract basis and is irrevocable.  Additionally, FAS 155 narrows the exception afforded to interest-only strips and principal-only strips from derivative accounting.   In addition, FAS 155 clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities - a replacement of FASB Statement 125, to eliminate the restriction on the passive derivative instruments a Qualifying Special Purpose Entity can hold.

FAS 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a remeasurement (new basis) event occurring after the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006.  At adoption, for contracts where the fair value option has been elected, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined hybrid financial instrument should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings.

In January 2007, the FASB released Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B40, Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Securitized Interests in Prepayable Financial Assets (B40) .  B40 provides a limited scope exception from paragraph 13(b) of FAS 133 for securitized interests that contain only an embedded derivative that is tied to the prepayment risk of the underlying prepayable financial assets and if both of the following criteria are met: (a)  the investor does not control the right to accelerate the settlement, and (b) the securitized interest does not contain an embedded derivative for which bifurcation would be required other than an embedded derivative that results from embedded call options in the underlying financial assets.  B40 is effective upon the adoption of FAS 155, except for criterion (b) which is not applicable to securitized interests issued before June 30, 2007, and that only include embedded derivatives that have an extremely remote possibility of having greater than a trivial fair value during the life of the securitized interest.

The Company adopted FAS 155 effective January 1, 2007 and it did not elect the fair value option.  There was no cumulative effect upon adoption of FAS 155.

8




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

1.                                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts

In September 2005, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (AcSEC) issued Statement of Position 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (SOP 05-1).  SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments .  SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverages that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract.  The adoption of SOP 05-1 effective January 1, 2007 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements

In September 2006, FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (EITF 06-4).  EITF 06-4 requires a company to recognize a liability and related compensation expense for endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods.  EITF 06-4 is effective January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted.  The early adoption of EITF 06-4 on January 1, 2007 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Accounting for Corporate-Owned Life Insurance

In September 2006, the FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-5, Accounting for Purchase of Life Insurance – Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No 85-4 (EITF 06-5).  EITF 06-5 provides additional guidance on determining the amount that can be realized under a corporate-owned life insurance contract (that is, converted to cash) based upon how the contract is assumed to be hypothetically settled.  EITF 06-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.  The adoption of EITF 06-5 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157).   FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements.  It applies to other pronouncements that require or permit fair value but does not require any new fair value measurements.  The statement defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.”

FAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and disclosures.  The hierarchy is based on the inputs used in valuation and gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets.  The highest possible level should be used to measure fair value.

FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  The Company does not expect the provisions of FAS 157 to have a material effect on its results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

9




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

1.                                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (FAS 159).   FAS 159 permits an entity to irrevocably elect fair value on a contract-by-contract basis as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for many financial assets and liabilities and certain other items including property and casualty insurance contracts.  Entities electing the fair value option would be required to recognize changes in fair value in earnings and to expense up-front costs and fees associated with the item for which the fair value option is elected.  Entities electing the fair value option are required to distinguish on the face of the statement of financial position, the fair value of assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected and similar assets and liabilities measured using another measurement attribute.  An entity can accomplish this by either reporting the fair value and non-fair-value carrying amounts as separate line items or aggregating those amounts and disclosing parenthetically the amount of fair value included in the aggregate amount.

FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  Upon adoption, an entity is permitted to elect the fair value option irrevocably for any existing asset or liability within the scope of the standard.  The adjustment to reflect the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount would be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of initial adoption.  Retrospective application would not be permitted.  The Company does not intend to elect the fair value option for assets and liabilities currently held, and therefore FAS 159 will not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements

In March 2007, the FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (EITF 06-10).  EITF 06-10 provides guidance on the recognition and measurement of assets related to collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangements.  EITF 06-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007.  The Company does not expect the provisions of EITF 06-10 to have a material effect on its results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies

In June 2007, AcSEC issued Statement of Position 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (SOP 07-1).  SOP 07-1 provides guidance in determining whether an entity is within the scope of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies .  It also addresses whether the specialized industry accounting of the Investment Company Audit Guide should be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an equity method investor.  The Company is a passive equity method investor (i.e. does not have significant influence) in certain entities which are expected to adopt SOP 07-1.  Upon the adoption of SOP 07-1, the Company’s investment in these entities will be carried at fair value, and the change in fair value will be recorded as net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.  The provisions of SOP 07-1 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2007.  The Company is in the process of determining the effect that SOP 07-1 may have on its results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Nature of Operations

The Company is organized into three reportable business segments: Business Insurance; Financial, Professional & International Insurance; and Personal Insurance.  These segments reflect the manner in which the Company’s businesses are managed and represent an aggregation of products and services based on type of customer, how the business is marketed, and the manner in which risks are underwritten.  The business segments are as follows:

Business Insurance

The Business Insurance segment offers a broad array of property and casualty insurance and insurance-related services to its clients primarily in the United States. Business Insurance is organized into the following six groups, which collectively comprise Business Insurance Core operations: Select Accounts, Commercial Accounts, National Accounts, Industry-Focused Underwriting, Target Risk Underwriting and Specialized Distribution.

10




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

1.                                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

Business Insurance also includes the Special Liability Group (which manages the Company’s asbestos and environmental liabilities); the assumed reinsurance, health care, and certain international and other runoff operations; and policies written by the Company’s Gulf operation (Gulf), which was placed into runoff during the second quarter of 2004.  Th ese are collectively referred to as Business Insurance Other.

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

The Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment includes surety and financial liability coverages, which require a primarily credit-based underwriting process, as well as property and casualty products that are primarily marketed on an international basis.  The segment includes the Bond & Financial Products group, as well as the International and Lloyd’s group.

In March 2007, the Company completed the sale of its Mexican surety subsidiary, Afianzadora Insurgentes, S.A. de C.V., which accounted for $6 million and $25 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, and $15 million and $38 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2006, respectively.  Written premiums recorded in the second quarter of 2007 subsequent to the completion of the sale reflected the impact of the one-month reporting lag for this operation.  The impact of this transaction was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Personal Insurance

The Personal Insurance segment writes virtually all types of property and casualty insurance covering personal risks. The primary coverages in Personal Insurance are automobile and homeowners insurance sold to individuals.

In April 2007, the Company completed the sale of its subsidiary, Mendota Insurance Company, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Mendakota Insurance Company and Mendota Insurance Agency, Inc.  These subsidiaries primarily offered nonstandard automobile coverage and accounted for $0 and $49 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, and $46 million and $98 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2006, respectively.  The sale was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

11




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

2.                  SEGMENT INFORMATION

(for the three months
 ended June 30,
 in millions)

 

Business
Insurance

 

Financial, 
Professional & 
International 
Insurance

 

Personal
Insurance

 

Total
Reportable
Segments

 

202007 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

2,802

 

$

844

 

$

1,681

 

$

5,327

 

Net investment income

 

717

 

125

 

148

 

990

 

Fee income

 

127

 

 

 

127

 

Other revenues

 

10

 

6

 

21

 

37

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

3,656

 

$

975

 

$

1,850

 

$

6,481

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

805

 

$

152

 

$

276

 

$

1,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

2,715

 

$

839

 

$

1,627

 

$

5,181

 

Net investment income

 

635

 

102

 

137

 

874

 

Fee income

 

153

 

 

 

153

 

Other revenues

 

9

 

6

 

22

 

37

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

3,512

 

$

947

 

$

1,786

 

$

6,245

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

655

 

$

149

 

$

203

 

$

1,007

 

 

(for the six months
 ended June 30,
 in millions)

 

Business
Insurance

 

Financial,
Professional &
International
Insurance

 

Personal
Insurance

 

Total
Reportable
Segments

 

2007 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

5,565

 

$

1,688

 

$

3,369

 

$

10,622

 

Net investment income

 

1,411

 

246

 

293

 

1,950

 

Fee income

 

247

 

 

 

247

 

Other revenues

 

14

 

11

 

45

 

70

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

7,237

 

$

1,945

 

$

3,707

 

$

12,889

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

1,483

 

$

308

 

$

542

 

$

2,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

5,358

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,187

 

$

10,172

 

Net investment income

 

1,271

 

205

 

271

 

1,747

 

Fee income

 

303

 

 

 

303

 

Other revenues

 

16

 

11

 

46

 

73

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

6,948

 

$

1,843

 

$

3,504

 

$

12,295

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

1,306

 

$

290

 

$

443

 

$

2,039

 

 


(1)                   Operating revenues exclude net realized investment gains (losses). Operating income equals net income excluding the after-tax impact of net realized investment gains (losses).

12




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

2.                       SEGMENT INFORMATION, Continued

Business Segment Reconciliations

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenue reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial multi-peril

 

$

770

 

$

762

 

$

1,530

 

$

1,504

 

Workers’ compensation

 

549

 

515

 

1,082

 

1,017

 

Commercial automobile

 

509

 

500

 

1,016

 

978

 

Property

 

499

 

477

 

980

 

928

 

General liability

 

472

 

447

 

927

 

915

 

Other

 

3

 

14

 

30

 

16

 

Total Business Insurance

 

2,802

 

2,715

 

5,565

 

5,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial, Professional & International Insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General liability

 

242

 

251

 

484

 

498

 

Fidelity and surety

 

268

 

277

 

538

 

537

 

International

 

300

 

283

 

600

 

534

 

Other

 

34

 

28

 

66

 

58

 

Total Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

844

 

839

 

1,688

 

1,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

912

 

910

 

1,851

 

1,782

 

Homeowners and other

 

769

 

717

 

1,518

 

1,405

 

Total Personal Insurance

 

1,681

 

1,627

 

3,369

 

3,187

 

Total earned premiums

 

5,327

 

5,181

 

10,622

 

10,172

 

Net investment income

 

990

 

874

 

1,950

 

1,747

 

Fee income

 

127

 

153

 

247

 

303

 

Other revenues

 

37

 

37

 

70

 

73

 

Total operating revenues for reportable segments

 

6,481

 

6,245

 

12,889

 

12,295

 

Interest Expense and Other

 

(36

)

 

(31

)

6

 

Net realized investment gains

 

128

 

10

 

142

 

4

 

Total consolidated revenues

 

$

6,573

 

$

6,255

 

$

13,000

 

$

12,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income reconciliation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating income for reportable segments

 

$

1,233

 

$

1,007

 

$

2,333

 

$

2,039

 

Interest Expense and Other

 

(66

)

(48

)

(88

)

(69

)

Total operating income

 

1,167

 

959

 

$

2,245

 

$

1,970

 

Net realized investment gains

 

87

 

11

 

95

 

6

 

Total consolidated net income

 

$

1,254

 

$

970

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

 

13




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

2.                       SEGMENT INFORMATION, Continued

(in millions)

 

June 30,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

Asset reconciliation:

 

 

 

 

 

Business Insurance

 

$

87,594

 

$

88,171

 

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

13,710

 

13,265

 

Personal Insurance

 

13,355

 

13,294

 

Total assets for reportable segments

 

114,659

 

114,730

 

Other assets (1)

 

702

 

562

 

Total consolidated assets

 

$

115,361

 

$

115,292

 

 


(1)                   The primary components of other assets in 2007 were intangible assets and accrued over-funded benefit plan assets.  The primary components of other assets in 2006 were accrued over-funded benefit plan assets and deferred taxes.

3.                       INVESTMENTS

Fixed Maturities

The amortized cost and fair value of investments in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale were as follows:

 

 

Amortized

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at June 30, 2007, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$                     7,329

 

$                                      30

 

$                               200

 

$                     7,159

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

2,280

 

7

 

40

 

2,247

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

37,844

 

275

 

410

 

37,709

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

1,471

 

2

 

19

 

1,454

 

All other corporate bonds

 

14,892

 

114

 

359

 

14,647

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

96

 

13

 

4

 

105

 

Total

 

$              63,912

 

$                               441

 

$                     1,032

 

$              63,321

 

 

 

 

Amortized 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at December 31, 2006, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$                          7,665

 

$                                         52

 

$                                   128

 

$                          7,589

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

2,736

 

13

 

31

 

2,718

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

35,326

 

661

 

80

 

35,907

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

1,550

 

12

 

10

 

1,552

 

All other corporate bonds

 

14,866

 

165

 

247

 

14,784

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

101

 

16

 

1

 

116

 

Total

 

$

62,244

 

$

919

 

$

497

 

$

62,666

 

 

Equity Securities

The cost and fair value of investments in equity securities were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at June 30, 2007, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Common stock

 

$                               111

 

$                                      29

 

$                                      

 

$                               140

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

321

 

11

 

8

 

324

 

Total

 

$                               432

 

$                                      40

 

$                                             8

 

$                               464

 

 

14




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

3.                       INVESTMENTS, Continued

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at December 31, 2006, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Common stock

 

$                                         88

 

$                                         27

 

$                                       

 

$                                   115

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

348

 

15

 

5

 

358

 

Total

 

$                                   436

 

$                                         42

 

$                                               5

 

$                                   473

 

 

Other Investments

Venture Capital

The cost and fair value of investments in venture capital were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at June 30, 2007, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Venture capital

 

$                                      68

 

$                                      16

 

$                                      

 

$                                      84

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(at December 31, 2006, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Venture capital

 

$                                   392

 

$                                   109

 

$                                               1

 

$                                   500

 

 

In May 2007, the Company completed the bundled sale of a substantial portion of its venture capital portfolio for total net proceeds of $397 million, which are included on the consolidated statement of cash flow in “proceeds from sales of other investments.”  The sale resulted in the realization of $81 million pretax ($52 million after-tax) of previously unrealized net investment gains that had been recorded as a component of accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources.

Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)

The following entities are consolidated:

·                  Municipal Trusts—The Company owns interests in various municipal trusts that were formed to allow the Company to generate investment income in a manner consistent with its investment objectives and tax position.  As of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, there were 33 and 35 such trusts, respectively, which held a combined total of $376 million and $391 million, respectively, in municipal securities, of which $65 million and $76 million, respectively, were owned by outside investors. The net carrying value of the trusts owned by the Company at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $311 million and $315 million, respectively.

The Company has significant interests in the following VIEs, which are not consolidated because the Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary:

·                  The Company has a significant variable interest in two real estate entities.  These investments have total assets of approximately $293 million and $305 million as of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The carrying value of the Company’s share of these investments was approximately $28 million at June 30, 2007 and $33 million at December 31, 2006. The Company has an unfunded commitment of $12 million associated with one of these funds. The Company’s exposure to loss is limited to the investment carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet and the unfunded commitment amount. The purpose of the Company’s involvement in these entities is to generate investment returns.

15




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

3.                       INVESTMENTS, Continued

·                  The Company has a significant variable interest in Camperdown UK Limited, which the Company sold in December 2003. The Company’s variable interest resulted from an agreement to indemnify the purchaser in the event a specified reserve deficiency develops, a reserve-related foreign exchange impact occurs, or a foreign tax adjustment is imposed on a pre-sale reporting period. The maximum amount of this indemnification obligation is $188 million. The fair value of this obligation as of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $67 million and $65 million, respectively.  See “Guarantees” section of note 11.

The Company has other significant interests in variable interest entities that are not material.

Unrealized Investment Losses

The following tables summarize, for all investment securities in an unrealized loss position at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized losses by length of time those investments have been continuously in an unrealized loss position.

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or 
longer

 

Total

 

(at June 30, 2007, in millions)

 

Fair 
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair 
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses

 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$            1,948

 

$                             35

 

$            3,883

 

$                      165

 

$            5,831

 

$                      200

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

527

 

2

 

1,029

 

38

 

1,556

 

40

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

19,328

 

304

 

3,851

 

106

 

23,179

 

410

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

758

 

8

 

739

 

11

 

1,497

 

19

 

All other corporate bonds

 

4,702

 

86

 

6,935

 

273

 

11,637

 

359

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

23

 

1

 

4

 

3

 

27

 

4

 

Total fixed maturities

 

27,286

 

436

 

16,441

 

596

 

43,727

 

1,032

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

99

 

4

 

63

 

4

 

162

 

8

 

Total equity securities

 

99

 

4

 

63

 

4

 

162

 

8

 

Venture capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$     27,385

 

$                      440

 

$     16,504

 

$                      600

 

$     43,889

 

$            1,040

 

 

16




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

3.                       INVESTMENTS, Continued

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or 
longer

 

Total

 

(at December 31, 2006, in millions)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses

 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$

1,245

 

$

11

 

$

4,125

 

$

117

 

$

5,370

 

$

128

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

1,014

 

2

 

964

 

29

 

1,978

 

31

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

4,468

 

16

 

4,077

 

64

 

8,545

 

80

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

861

 

6

 

406

 

4

 

1,267

 

10

 

All other corporate bonds

 

3,690

 

36

 

6,325

 

211

 

10,015

 

247

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

1

 

 

5

 

1

 

6

 

1

 

Total fixed maturities

 

11,279

 

71

 

15,902

 

426

 

27,181

 

497

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

3

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

50

 

1

 

53

 

4

 

103

 

5

 

Total equity securities

 

53

 

1

 

54

 

4

 

107

 

5

 

Venture capital

 

 

 

14

 

1

 

14

 

1

 

Total

 

$

11,332

 

$

72

 

$

15,970

 

$

431

 

$

27,302

 

$

503

 

 

Impairment charges included in net realized investment gains were as follows:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

7

 

$

 

$

8

 

$

 

Equity securities

 

2

 

 

3

 

1

 

Venture capital

 

 

3

 

7

 

8

 

Other investments (excluding venture capital)

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total

 

$

9

 

$

3

 

$

18

 

$

13

 

 

17




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

4.                       GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The following table presents the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill by segment at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006:

(in millions)

 

June 30,
2007

 

December 31,
 2006

 

Business Insurance

 

$

2,168

 

$

2,168

 

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

555

 

551

 

Personal Insurance

 

613

 

613

 

Other

 

30

 

106

 

Total

 

$

3,366

 

$

3,438

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company effectively settled IRS tax examinations for all years through December 31, 2004.  Previously unrecognized tax benefits of $63 million related to the IRS settlement were recognized through a reduction of goodwill during the second quarter of 2007.

Other Intangible Assets

The following presents a summary of the Company’s other intangible assets by major asset class as of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006:

(At June 30, 2007, in millions)

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

Intangibles subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related

 

$

1,036

 

$

599

 

$

437

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables (1)

 

191

 

(41

)

232

 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

 

1,227

 

558

 

669

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization (2)

 

215

 

 

215

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

1,442

 

$

558

 

$

884

 

 

(At December 31 2006, in millions)

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

Intangibles subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related

 

$

1,036

 

$

537

 

$

499

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables (1)

 

191

 

(54

)

245

 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

 

1,227

 

483

 

744

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

 

20

 

 

20

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

1,247

 

$

483

 

$

764

 

 


(1)          The time value of money and the risk margin (cost of capital) components of the intangible asset run off at different rates, and, as such, the amount recognized in income may be a net benefit in some periods and a net expense in other periods.

(2)          During the first quarter of 2007, the Company acquired certain trademarks, service marks and logos.

18




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

4.                       GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Continued

The following presents a summary of the Company’s amortization expense for intangible assets by major asset class:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(In millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

Customer-related

 

$

29

 

$

33

 

$

62

 

$

69

 

Marketing-related

 

 

 

 

3

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables

 

7

 

3

 

13

 

6

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

36

 

$

36

 

$

75

 

$

78

 

 

Intangible asset amortization expense is estimated to be $71 million for the remainder of 2007, $126 million in 2008, $100 million in 2009, $86 million in 2010, $69 million in 2011 and $52 million in 2012.

5.                           DEBT

Redemption of Subordinated Debentures . On January 18, 2007, the Company redeemed $81 million of 8.47% subordinated debentures originally issued in 1997 and due January 10, 2027.  The debentures were redeemable by the Company on or after January 10, 2007.  In January 1997, USF&G Capital II, a business trust, issued $100 million of capital securities, the proceeds of which, along with $3 million in capital provided by the Company, were used to purchase the subordinated debentures issued by USF&G Corporation and subsequently assumed by the Company after the merger of The St. Paul Companies, Inc. (SPC) and Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC).  During the period prior to redemption, the Company had repurchased and retired $22 million of the debentures in open market transactions.  Upon the Company’s redemption of the remaining $81 million of subordinated debentures in January 2007, USF&G Capital II in turn used the proceeds to redeem its remaining capital securities outstanding.  USF&G Capital II was then liquidated, and the Company received a $3 million distribution of capital.  The Company recorded a $3 million pretax gain on the redemption of the subordinated debentures, representing the remaining unamortized fair value adjustment recorded at the merger date, less the redemption premium paid.

Issuance of Junior Subordinated Debentures.   On March 12, 2007, the Company issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.25% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due March 15, 2067 for net proceeds of $986 million (after original issue discount and the deduction of underwriting expenses and commissions and other expenses).  The debentures were issued at a discount, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.447%.  The debentures bear interest at an annual rate of 6.25% from the date of issuance to, but excluding, March 15, 2017, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15.  From and including March 15, 2017, the debentures will bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.215%, payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.  The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the debentures.  The Company will not be required to settle deferred interest until it has deferred interest for five consecutive years or, if earlier, made a payment of current interest during a deferral period.  The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default.  Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the debentures.

The debentures carry a 60-year final maturity and a scheduled maturity date in year thirty.  During the 180-day period ending not more than fifteen and not less than ten business days prior to the scheduled maturity date, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to sell enough qualifying capital securities, or at its option, common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity or debt exchangeable for preferred equity to permit repayment of the debentures at the scheduled maturity date.  If any debentures remain outstanding after the scheduled maturity date, the unpaid amount will remain outstanding until the Company has raised sufficient proceeds from

19




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

5.                       DEBT, Continued

the sale of qualifying capital securities, or at its option, common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity or debt exchangeable for preferred equity to permit the repayment in full of the debentures.  If there are remaining debentures at the final maturity date, the Company is required to redeem the debentures using any source of funds.  Qualifying capital securities are securities (other than common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity, and debt exchangeable for preferred equity) which generally are treated by the ratings agencies as having similar equity content to the debentures.

The Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after March 15, 2017 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued but unpaid interest.  The Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole only, prior to March 15, 2017 (a) in whole at any time or in part from time to time or (b) in whole, but not in part, in the event of certain tax or rating agency events relating to the debentures, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the applicable make-whole amount, in each case plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

In connection with the offering of the debentures, the Company entered into a “replacement capital covenant” for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company’s indebtedness (which will initially be the 6.750% Senior Notes due 2036). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenant, if the Company redeems the debentures at any time prior to March 15, 2047, it can only do so with the proceeds of securities that are treated by the rating agencies as having similar equity content to the debentures.

Maturity of Senior Notes . On March 15, 2007, the Company’s $500 million, 5.75% senior notes matured and were fully paid.

Redemption of Convertible Notes . On April 18, 2007, the Company completed the redemption of its outstanding $893 million, 4.50% convertible junior subordinated notes due in 2032 (the notes). The notes were originally issued by Travelers Property Casualty Corp., and the Company assumed certain obligations relating to the notes pursuant to a Second Supplemental Indenture dated April 1, 2004. Each note had a principal amount of $25.00. The redemption price for each note was $25.5625 plus $0.009375 of accrued and unpaid interest.  Any note called for redemption could be surrendered for conversion into common stock before the close of business on April 17, 2007. Each note was convertible into 0.4684 shares of common stock of The Travelers Companies, Inc.  Holders of $36 million of the notes tendered their certificates in exchange for the issuance of 670,910 of the Company’s common shares.  The remaining $857 million of notes were redeemed for cash, along with accrued interest to the date of redemption.  The Company recorded a $39 million pretax loss ($25 million after-tax) in other revenues in the second quarter of 2007 related to the redemption, consisting of the redemption premium paid and the write-off of remaining unamortized issuance costs.

Senior Debt Issuance . On May 29, 2007, the Company issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.375% senior notes due June 15, 2012 (the 2012 senior notes), $450 million aggregate principal amount of 5.750% senior notes due December 15, 2017 (the 2017 senior notes), and $800 million aggregate principal amount of 6.250% senior notes due June 15, 2037 (the 2037 senior notes).  The total net proceeds of these three senior note issuances, after original issuance discounts and the deduction of underwriting expenses and commissions and other expenses, were approximately $1.47 billion.  Interest on each of the senior note issuances is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2007.  Each series of senior notes is redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed, or (b) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the senior notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 12.5 basis points for the 2012 senior notes, 15 basis points for the 2017 senior notes and 20 basis points for the 2037 senior notes.

20




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

6.             SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On May 2, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase up to $2 billion of shares of the Company’s common stock.  In January 2007, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $3 billion to this program, increasing the share repurchase program to a total of up to $5 billion.  Under this program, repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market, pursuant to pre-set trading plans meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in private transactions or otherwise.  This program does not have a stated expiration date.  The timing and actual number of shares to be repurchased in the future will depend on a variety of factors, including corporate and regulatory requirements, price, catastrophe losses and other market conditions.  The following table summarizes repurchase activity under this program during 2007.

 

Total number of

 

 

 

Remaining capacity

 

 

 

shares

 

Average price paid

 

under share repurchase

 

Quarterly Period Ending

 

purchased

 

per share

 

program

 

March 31, 2007

 

13,889,773

 

$

52.20

 

$

3,153,874,729

 

June 30, 2007

 

11,390,800

 

$

54.56

 

$

2,532,374,769

 

Total

 

25,280,573

 

$

53.27

 

$

2,532,374,769

 

 

Since the inception of the program in May 2006 through June 30, 2007, the Company has repurchased a cumulative total of 48.1 million shares for a total cost of $2.47 billion, or $51.34 per share.

7.                        CHANGES IN EQUITY FROM NONOWNER SOURCES

The Company’s total changes in equity from nonowner sources were as follows:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions, after tax)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,254

 

$

970

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

Change in net unrealized gain on investment securities

 

(703

)

(416

)

(716

)

(804

)

Other changes

 

66

 

35

 

44

 

47

 

Total changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

$

617

 

$

589

 

$

1,668

 

$

1,219

 

 

21




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

8.                        EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflected the effect of potentially dilutive securities.

The following is a reconciliation of the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

Three Months Ended 
June 30

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

1,254

 

$

970

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

Preferred stock dividends, net of taxes

 

(1

)

(1

)

(2

)

(2

)

Net income available to common shareholders – basic

 

$

1,253

 

$

969

 

$

2,338

 

$

1,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,253

 

$

969

 

$

2,338

 

$

1,974

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

Zero coupon convertible notes

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

Convertible junior subordinated notes (1)

 

1

 

7

 

8

 

13

 

Net income available to common shareholders – diluted

 

$

1,256

 

$

978

 

$

2,350

 

$

1,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

658.6

 

691.8

 

664.2

 

692.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

658.6

 

691.8

 

664.2

 

692.0

 

Weighted average effects of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options and other incentive plans

 

8.9

 

6.0

 

9.1

 

6.0

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

3.0

 

3.5

 

3.0

 

3.5

 

Zero coupon convertible notes

 

2.4

 

2.4

 

2.4

 

2.4

 

Convertible junior subordinated notes (1)

 

3.1

 

16.7

 

9.9

 

16.7

 

Total

 

676.0

 

720.4

 

688.6

 

720.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.90

 

$

1.40

 

$

3.52

 

$

2.85

 

Diluted

 

$

1.86

 

$

1.36

 

$

3.41

 

$

2.76

 

 


(1)       Redeemed in April 2007. See note 5.

22




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

9.                            SHARE-BASED INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

The following presents stock option information for fully vested stock option awards at June 30, 2007:

Stock Options

 

Number

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life
Remaining

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($ in millions)

 

Vested at end of period (1)

 

29,656,447

 

$

43.88

 

4.2 years

 

$

285

 

Exercisable at end of period

 

28,137,068

 

$

43.82

 

3.6 years

 

$

272

 

 


(1) Represents awards for which the employees’ rights to receive or retain the awards are not contingent on satisfaction of a service condition and, therefore, the requisite service has been rendered, including those that are retirement eligible.

The total compensation cost recognized in earnings for all share-based incentive compensation awards was $30 million and $65 million for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively.  The related tax benefit recognized in earnings for those respective periods was $11 million and $22 million, respectively.  For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2006, total compensation cost recognized in earnings for all share-based incentive compensation awards was $33 million and $81 million, respectively.  The related tax benefit recognized in earnings for those respective periods was $11 million and $28 million, respectively.  Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, Share-Based Compensation , compensation costs related to awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and employees that became retirement-eligible before the awards vesting date were recognized over the vesting period.  The costs associated with these awards were not material in the periods presented.

The total unrecognized compensation cost related to all nonvested share-based incentive compensation awards at June 30, 2007 was $170 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to all nonvested share-based incentive compensation awards at December 31, 2006 was $125 million, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

10.                 PENSION PLANS, RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND SAVINGS PLANS

The following tables summarize the components of net pension and postretirement benefit expense for the Company’s plans recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

 

Pension Plans

 

Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

(for the three months ended June 30, in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

17

 

$

16

 

$

1

 

$

 

Interest on benefit obligation

 

28

 

27

 

4

 

4

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(37

)

(37

)

(1

)

 

Amortization of unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service benefit

 

(2

)

(1

)

 

 

Net actuarial loss (gain)

 

1

 

2

 

(1

)

 

Net benefit expense

 

$

7

 

$

7

 

$

3

 

$

4

 

 

23




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

10.                 PENSION PLANS, RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND SAVINGS PLANS, Continued

 

Pension Plans

 

Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

(for the six months ended June 30, in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

34

 

$

32

 

$

1

 

$

1

 

Interest on benefit obligation

 

56

 

54

 

8

 

8

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(75

)

(74

)

(1

)

 

Amortization of unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service benefit

 

(3

)

(3

)

 

 

Net actuarial loss (gain)

 

2

 

5

 

(1

)

 

Net benefit expense

 

$

14

 

$

14

 

$

7

 

$

9

 

 

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

Contingencies

The following section describes the major pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the Company’s property is subject.

Asbestos- and Environmental-Related Proceedings

In the ordinary course of its insurance business, the Company receives claims for insurance arising under policies issued by the Company asserting alleged injuries and damages from asbestos, hazardous waste and other toxic substances that are the subject of related coverage litigation, including, among others, the litigation described below.  The Company continues to be subject to aggressive asbestos-related litigation.  The conditions surrounding the final resolution of these claims and the related litigation continue to change.  The Company is defending its asbestos- and environmental-related litigation vigorously and believes that it has meritorious defenses; however, the outcomes of these disputes are uncertain.  In this regard, the Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive resolution strategies to manage asbestos and environmental loss exposure, including settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.  For a discussion of other information regarding the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposure, see “Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Asbestos Claims and Litigation”, “— Environmental Claims and Litigation” and “— Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is involved in three significant proceedings (including a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to ACandS, Inc. (ACandS), formerly a national distributor and installer of products containing asbestos.  The proceedings involve disputes as to whether and to what extent any of ACandS’ potential liabilities for current or future bodily injury asbestos claims are covered by insurance policies issued by TPC.  On July 6, 2007, the Company announced that it entered into a settlement to resolve fully all current and future asbestos-related coverage claims relating to ACandS, including the three proceedings described below.  Under the settlement agreement, the Company will contribute $449 million to a trust to be established pursuant to ACandS’ plan of reorganization.  In exchange, the Company will be released from any obligations it has to ACandS for asbestos-related claims and will be protected from any such claims by injunctions to be issued in the Company’s favor by the federal court overseeing ACandS’ bankruptcy case.  The settlement is subject to a number of contingencies, including final court approval of both the settlement and a plan of reorganization for ACandS, and the issuance of the injunctions described above.  A hearing on the motion to approve the settlement is scheduled for August 28, 2007.  The Company expects to seek to recover approximately $84 million of the $449 million from reinsurers.

24




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

ACandS filed for bankruptcy in September 2002 ( In re: ACandS, Inc., pending in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware).  In its proposed plan of reorganization, ACandS sought to establish a trust to pay asbestos bodily injury claims against it and sought to assign to the trust its rights under the insurance policies issued by TPC.  The proposed plan and disclosure statement filed by ACandS claimed that ACandS had settled the vast majority of asbestos-related bodily injury claims currently pending against it for approximately $2.80 billion.  ACandS asserted that, based on a prior agreement between TPC and ACandS and ACandS’ interpretation of the July 31, 2003 arbitration panel ruling described below, TPC was liable for 45% of the $2.80 billion.  On January 26, 2004, the bankruptcy court issued a decision rejecting confirmation of ACandS’ proposed plan of reorganization.  The bankruptcy court found, consistent with TPC’s objections to ACandS’ proposed plan, that the proposed plan was not fundamentally fair, was not proposed in good faith and did not comply with Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  ACandS filed a notice of appeal of the bankruptcy court’s decision and filed objections to the bankruptcy court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law in the United States District Court.  TPC moved to dismiss the appeal and objections and also filed an opposition to ACandS’ objections.

An arbitration was commenced in January 2001 to determine whether and to what extent ACandS’ financial obligations for bodily injury asbestos claims are subject to insurance policy aggregate limits.  On July 31, 2003, the arbitration panel ruled in favor of TPC that asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to the aggregate limits of the policies issued to ACandS, which have been exhausted.  In October 2003, ACandS commenced a lawsuit seeking to vacate the arbitration award as beyond the panel’s scope of authority ( ACandS, Inc. v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D.Ct. E.D. Pa.).  On September 16, 2004, the district court entered an order denying ACandS’ motion to vacate the arbitration award.   On January 19, 2006, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit reversed the district court’s decision and declared the arbitration award void on procedural grounds.  On May 22, 2006, the United States Supreme Court denied TPC’s petition for a writ of certiorari seeking review of the Third Circuit’s decision.  As a result, the matter was remanded to the district court and TPC asked the district court to remand the arbitration to the panel that initially ruled in favor of TPC for further proceedings consistent with the Third Circuit’s decision.  ACandS opposed that request.

In the third proceeding, a related case pending before the same court and commenced in September 2000 ( ACandS v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co. , U.S.D.Ct., E.D. Pa.), ACandS sought a declaration of the extent to which the asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to occurrence limits under insurance policies issued by TPC.  TPC filed a motion to dismiss this action based upon the July 31, 2003 arbitration decision described above.  The district court found the dispute was moot as a result of the arbitration panel’s decision and dismissed the case.  As a result of the January 19, 2006 ruling by the Third Circuit and the Supreme Court’s denial of certiorari, described in the paragraph above, this case was reinstated.

The settlement agreement described above provides that, upon approval of the settlement by the bankruptcy court, ACandS and the Company shall seek to stay the claims against each other in the proceedings described above.  Once all of the contingencies of the settlement are satisfied, these proceedings will be dismissed with prejudice.

In October 2001 and April 2002, two purported class action suits ( Wise v. Travelers and Meninger v. Travelers ) were filed against TPC and other insurers (not including SPC) in state court in West Virginia.  These cases were subsequently consolidated into a single proceeding in the Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia.  Plaintiffs allege that the insurer defendants engaged in unfair trade practices by inappropriately handling and settling asbestos claims.  The plaintiffs seek to reopen large numbers of settled asbestos claims and to impose liability for damages, including punitive damages, directly on insurers.  Lawsuits similar to Wise were filed in Massachusetts and Hawaii (these suits are collectively referred to as the Statutory and Hawaii Actions).  Also, in No vember 2001, plaintiffs in consolidated asbestos actions pending before a mass tort panel of judges in West Virginia state court moved to amend their complaint to name TPC as a defendant, alleging that TPC and other insurers breached alleged duties to certain users of asbestos products.  In March 2002, the court granted the motion to amend.  Plaintiffs seek damages, including punitive damages.  Lawsuits seeking similar relief and raising allegations similar to those presented in the West Virginia amended complaint are also pending in Texas state court against TPC and SPC, and in Louisiana state court against TPC (the claims asserted in these suits, together with the West Virginia suit, are collectively referred to as the Common Law Claims). Lawsuits seeking similar relief in Ohio have been dismissed.

25




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

All of the actions against TPC described in the preceding paragraph, other than the Hawaii Actions, had been subject to a temporary restraining order entered by the federal bankruptcy court in New York that had previously presided over and approved the reorganization in bankruptcy of TPC’s former policyholder, Johns-Manville Corporation and affiliated entities.  In August 2002, the bankruptcy court held a hearing on TPC’s motion for a preliminary injunction prohibiting further prosecution of the lawsuits pursuant to the reorganization plan and related orders.  At the conclusion of this hearing, the court ordered the parties to mediation, appointed a mediator and continued the temporary restraining order.  During 2003, the same bankruptcy court extended the existing injunction to apply to an additional set of cases filed in various state courts in Texas and Ohio as well as to the attorneys who are prosecuting these cases.  The order also enjoined these attorneys and their respective law firms from commencing any further lawsuits against TPC based upon these allegations without the prior approval of the court.  Notwithstanding the injunction, additional Common Law Claims were filed and served on TPC.

On November 19, 2003, the parties advised the bankruptcy court that a settlement of the Statutory and Hawaii Actions had been reached.  This settlement includes a lump-sum payment of up to $412 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  After continued meetings with the mediator, the parties advised the bankruptcy court on May 25, 2004 that a settlement resolving substantially all pending and similar future Common Law Claims against TPC had also been reached.  This settlement requires a payment of up to $90 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  Each of these settlements is contingent upon, among other things, an order of the bankruptcy court clarifying that all of these claims, and similar future asbestos-related claims against TPC, are barred by prior orders entered by the bankruptcy court in connection with the original Johns-Manville bankruptcy proceedings.

On August 17, 2004, the bankruptcy court entered an order approving the settlements and clarifying its prior orders that all of the pending Statutory and Hawaii Actions and substantially all Common Law Claims pending against TPC are barred.  The order also applies to similar direct action claims that may be filed in the future.

Four appeals were taken from the August 17, 2004 ruling. On March 29, 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York substantially affirmed the bankruptcy court’s orders while vacating that portion of the bankruptcy court’s orders that required all future direct actions against TPC to first be approved by the bankruptcy court before proceeding in state or federal court.  Judgment was entered on March 31, 2006.

Five appeals from the March 29, 2006 ruling were filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and TPC filed a cross-appeal.  Two appellants voluntarily dismissed their appeals and a motion to dismiss the cross-appeal was filed.  Additionally, TPC appealed from a procedural order of the district court relating to the timeliness of the cross-appeal.  On January 17, 2007, the Second Circuit dismissed TPC’s cross-appeal and denied TPC’s appeal from the procedural order.  The three remaining principal appeals have been consolidated for disposition and remain pending.  It is not possible to predict how the appellate court will rule on the pending appeals.  The Company has no obligation to pay any of the settlement amounts unless and until the orders and relief become final and are not subject to any further appellate review.

SPC, which is not covered by the bankruptcy court rulings or the settlements described above, has numerous defenses in all of the direct action cases asserting Common Law Claims that are pending against it.  SPC’s defenses include the fact that these novel theories have no basis in law; that they are directly at odds with the well-established law pertaining to the insured/insurer relationship; that there is no generalized duty to warn as alleged by the plaintiffs; and that the applicable statute of limitations as to many of these claims has long since expired. Many of these defenses have been raised in initial motions to dismiss filed by SPC and other insurers.  There have been favorable rulings during 2003 and 2004 in Texas and during 2004 and 2005 in Ohio on some of these motions filed by SPC and other insurers that dealt with statute of limitations and the validity of the alleged causes of actions.  On May 26, 2005, the Court of Appeals of Ohio, Eighth District, affirmed the earliest of these favorable rulings.  In Texas, only one court, in June of 2005, has denied the insurers’ initial challenges to the pleadings.  That ruling was contrary to the rulings by other courts in similar cases, and SPC and the other insurer defendants have filed a mandamus petition with the Texas Court of Appeals.

26




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

Currently, it is not possible to predict legal outcomes and their impact on the future development of claims and litigation relating to asbestos and environmental claims.  Any such development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.  Because of these uncertainties, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s results of operations in future periods.

Shareholder Litigation and Related Proceedings

Three actions against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota.  Two of these actions, which were originally captioned Kahn v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Nov. 2, 2004) and Michael A. Bernstein Profit Sharing Plan v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Nov. 10, 2004), are putative class actions brought by certain shareholders of the Company against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors.  These actions have been consolidated as In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II , and a lead plaintiff and lead counsel have been appointed.  On July 11, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed an amended consolidated complaint.  The amended and consolidated complaint alleges violations of federal securities laws in connection with the Company’s alleged failure to make disclosure relating to the practice of paying brokers commissions on a contingent basis, the Company’s alleged involvement in a conspiracy to rig bids and the Company’s allegedly improper use of finite reinsurance products.  On September 26, 2005, the Company and the other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint for failure to state a claim.  Oral argument on the Company’s motion to dismiss was presented on June 15, 2006.  By order dated September 25, 2006, the Court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss.  Discovery has commenced. On November 3, 2006, the Company and the other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved for partial judgment on the pleadings seeking dismissal of the allegations relating to the allegedly improper use of finite reinsurance products. On June 1, 2007, the Court granted that motion and permitted the lead plaintiff to replead.  On June 8, 2007, the lead plaintiff filed a second amended and consolidated complaint alleging the same claims as in the first amended and consolidated complaint but extending the putative class period.  On July 11, 2007, the Company and other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved to dismiss the second amended and consolidated complaint.  That motion remains pending.  The lead plaintiff in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II has moved for certification of a class of all purchasers of securities of the Company and St. Paul from January 27, 2000, through and including November 16, 2004.  That motion remains pending.  In the third action, an alleged beneficiary of the Company’s 401(k) savings plan commenced a putative class action against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors captioned Spiziri v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Dec. 28, 2004).  The complaint alleges violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act based on the theory that defendants were allegedly aware of issues concerning the value of SPC’s loss reserves yet failed to protect plan participants from continued investment in Company stock .  On June 1, 2005, the Company and the other defendants in Spiziri moved to dismiss the complaint.   On January 4, 2006, the parties in Spiziri entered into a stipulation of settlement. The Court approved the settlement on April 30, 2007.

In addition, two derivative actions have been brought in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota against all of the Company’s current directors and certain of the Company’s former Directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant: Rowe v. Fishman, et al. (Oct. 22, 2004) and Clark v. Fishman, et al. (Nov. 18, 2004).  The derivative actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings as Rowe, et al. v. Fishman, et al . and a consolidated derivative complaint has been filed.  The consolidated derivative complaint asserts state law claims, including breach of fiduciary duty, based on allegations similar to those alleged in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II and Spiziri described above.  On March 23, 2006, the Court dismissed the complaint without prejudice and, on March 30, 2006, entered judgment in favor of the Company and the other defendants. On June 5, 2006, plaintiffs in Rowe moved to alter or amend the judgment for leave to file an amended complaint. The Company and the other defendants opposed that motion.  On November 1, 2006, the parties in Rowe entered into a stipulation of settlement whereby plaintiffs released the Company and other defendants from liability in exchange for an agreement by defendants to adopt certain corporate governance measures for the benefit of the Company.  The settlement remains subject to final court approval.

27




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

The Company believes that the pending lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend vigorously; however, the Company is not able to provide any assurance that the financial impact of one or more of these proceedings will not be material to the Company’s results of operations in a future period.  The Company is obligated to indemnify its officers and directors to the extent provided under Minnesota law.  As part of that obligation, the Company will advance officers and directors attorneys’ fees and other expenses they incur in defending these lawsuits.

Other Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in proceedings addressing disputes with its reinsurers regarding the collection of amounts due under the Company’s reinsurance agreements.  These proceedings may be initiated by the Company or the reinsurers and may involve the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the coverage of particular claims, exclusions under the agreements, as well as counterclaims for rescission of the agreements.  One of these disputes is the action described in the following paragraphs.

The Company’s Gulf operation brought an action on May 22, 2003, as amended on May 12, 2004, in the Supreme Court of New York, County of New York ( Gulf Insurance Company v. Transatlantic Reinsurance Company, et al. ), against Transatlantic Reinsurance Company (Transatlantic), XL Reinsurance America, Inc. (XL), Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation (Odyssey), Employers Reinsurance Company (Employers) and Gerling Global Reinsurance Corporation of America (Gerling), to recover amounts due under reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and related to Gulf’s February 2003 settlement of a coverage dispute under a vehicle residual value protection insurance policy.  The reinsurers asserted counterclaims seeking rescission of the vehicle residual value reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and unspecified damages for breach of contract. Separate actions filed by Transatlantic and Gerling were consolidated with the original Gulf action for pre-trial purposes.

On October 1, 2003, Gulf entered into a final settlement agreement with Employers, and all claims and counterclaims with respect to Employers have been dismissed.  On December 15, 2006, Gulf and XL entered into a final settlement agreement which resolves all claims between Gulf and XL under the reinsurance agreements at issue in the litigation.  On April 13, 2007, Gulf and Transatlantic entered into a final settlement agreement which resolves all claims between Gulf and Transatlantic under the reinsurance agreements at issue in the litigation.

Fact and expert discovery are complete with respect to the remaining parties: Odyssey and Gerling.  Gulf and Gerling have filed motions for partial summary judgment.  The Court heard oral argument on the summary judgment motions on July 17, 2007 and reserved decision.  The Court has not yet set a trial date.  Gulf denies the reinsurers’ allegations, believes that it has a strong legal basis to collect the amounts due under the reinsurance contracts and intends to vigorously pursue the actions.

Based on the Company’s beliefs about its legal positions in its various reinsurance recovery proceedings, the Company does not expect any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in a future period.

The Company is a defendant in three consolidated lawsuits in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana arising out of disputes with certain policyholders over whether insurance coverage is available for flood losses arising from Hurricane Katrina: Chehardy, et al. v. State Farm, et al. , C.A. No. 06-1672, 06-1673 and 06-1674, Vanderbrook, et al. v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al., C.A. No. 05-6323; and Xavier University of Louisiana v. Travelers Property Ca. Co. of America , C.A. No. 06-516.  Chehardy and Vanderbrook are proposed class actions in which the Company is one of several insurer defendants.  Xavier is an individual suit involving a property insurance policy brought by one of the Company’s insureds.  All of these actions allege that the losses were caused by the failure of the New Orleans levees.

28




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

On November 27, 2006, the Court issued a ruling in the three consolidated cases denying the motions of the Company and certain other insurers for a summary disposition of the cases.  The Court’s ruling does not determine that any additional amounts are owed under any of the Company’s policies or otherwise reach the merits of the policyholders’ claims.  The Company disagrees with the ruling and, along with certain other insurers named in the consolidated lawsuits, has filed an immediate appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.  The appeal is fully briefed, and the Court of Appeals heard oral argument on June 6, 2007.

As part of ongoing, industry-wide investigations, the Company and its affiliates have received subpoenas and written requests for information from government agencies and authorities.  The areas of pending inquiry addressed to the Company include its relationship with brokers and agents and the Company’s involvement with “non-traditional insurance and reinsurance products.”  The Company or its affiliates have received subpoenas or requests for information, in each case with respect to one or both of the areas described above, from: (i) State of California Office of the Attorney General; (ii) State of California Department of Insurance; (iii) Licensing and Market Conduct Compliance Division, Financial Services Commission of Ontario, Canada; (iv) State of Connecticut Insurance Department; (v) State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General; (vi) State of Delaware Department of Insurance; (vii) State of Florida Department of Financial Services; (viii) State of Florida Office of Insurance Regulation; (ix) State of Florida Department of Legal Affairs Office of the Attorney General; (x) State of Georgia Office of the Commissioner of Insurance; (xi) State of Hawaii Office of the Attorney General; (xii) State of Illinois Office of the Attorney General; (xiii) State of Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation; (xiv) State of Iowa Insurance Division; (xv) State of Maryland Office of the Attorney General; (xvi) State of Maryland Insurance Administration; (xvii) Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General; (xviii) State of Minnesota Department of Commerce; (xix) State of Minnesota Office of the Attorney General; (xx) State of New Hampshire Insurance Department; (xxi) State of New York Office of the Attorney General; (xxii) State of New York Insurance Department; (xxiii) State of North Carolina Department of Insurance; (xxiv) State of Ohio Office of the Attorney General; (xxv) State of Ohio Department of Insurance; (xxvi) State of Oregon Department of Justice; (xxvii) Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Office of the Attorney General; (xxviii) State of Texas Office of the Attorney General; (xxix) State of Texas Department of Insurance; (xxx) Commonwealth of Virginia Office of the Attorney General; (xxxi) State of Washington Office of the Insurance Commissioner; (xxxii) State of West Virginia Office of Attorney General; (xxxiii) the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York; (xxxiv) the United States Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury; and (xxxv) the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company and its affiliates may receive additional subpoenas and requests for information with respect to the areas described above from other agencies or authorities.

The Company is cooperating with these subpoenas and requests for information.  In addition, outside counsel, with the oversight of the Company’s Board of Directors, has been conducting an internal review of certain of the Company’s business practices.  This review initially focused on the Company’s relationship with brokers and was commenced after the announcement of litigation brought by the New York Attorney General’s office against a major broker.

The internal review was expanded to address the various requests for information described above and to verify whether the Company’s business practices in these areas have been appropriate.  The Company’s review has been extensive, involving the examination of e-mails and underwriting files, as well as interviews of current and former employees.  The Company also continues to receive and respond to additional requests for information and will expand its review accordingly.

To date, the Company has found only a few instances of conduct that were inconsistent with the Company’s employee code of conduct.  The Company has responded, and will continue to respond, appropriately to any such conduct.

The Company’s internal review with respect to finite reinsurance considered finite products the Company both purchased and sold.  The Company has completed its review with respect to the identified finite products purchased and sold, and has concluded that no adjustment to previously issued financial statements is required.

Except as settled as previously disclosed, the industry-wide investigations described above are ongoing, as are the Company’s efforts to cooperate with the authorities, and the various authorities could ask that additional work be performed or reach conclusions different from the Company’s.  Accordingly, it would be premature to reach any conclusions as to the likely outcome of these matters.

29




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

Four putative class action lawsuits are pending against a number of insurance brokers and insurers, including the Company and/or certain of its affiliates, by plaintiffs who allegedly purchased insurance products through one or more of the defendant brokers.  Plaintiffs allege that various insurance brokers conspired with each other and with various insurers, including the Company and/or certain of its affiliates, to artificially inflate premiums, allocate brokerage customers and rig bids for insurance products offered to those customers.  The complaints are captioned: Redwood Oil Company v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. , et al. (N.D. Ill. Jan. 21, 2005), Boros v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., et al. (N.D. Cal. Feb. 4, 2005), Mulcahy v. Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., et al. (D.N.J. Feb. 23, 2005) and Golden Gate Bridge, Highway, and Transportation District v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., et al. (D.N.J. Feb. 23, 2005).  To the extent they were not originally filed there, the federal class actions were transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey and have been consolidated with other class actions under the caption In re Insurance Brokerage Antitrust Litigation , a multidistrict litigation proceeding in that District. On August 1, 2005, various plaintiffs, including the four named plaintiffs in the above-referenced class actions, filed an amended consolidated class action complaint naming various brokers and insurers, including the Company and certain of its affiliates, on behalf of a putative nationwide class of policyholders.  The complaint includes causes of action under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), state common law and the laws of the various states prohibiting antitrust violations.  Plaintiffs seek monetary damages, including punitive damages and trebled damages, permanent injunctive relief, restitution, including disgorgement of profits, interest and costs, including attorneys’ fees.  On November 29, 2005, all defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim.  Oral arguments on the defendants’ motion to dismiss were heard on July 26, 2006.  On October 3, 2006, the court ruled that the complaint failed to plead actionable claims under the Sherman Act or RICO, provided plaintiffs an opportunity to replead those claims and reserved decision with respect to remaining state law claims.  On November 30, 2006, defendants renewed their motions to dismiss.  On April 5, 2007, the court dismissed the complaint and permitted plaintiffs to replead.  On May 22, 2007, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On June 21, 2007, defendants renewed their motion to dismiss.  The court has stayed all discovery.  Additional individual actions have been brought in state and federal courts against the Company involving allegations similar to those in In re Insurance Brokerage Antitrust Litigation and further actions may be brought.  The Company believes that all of these lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend vigorously.

In addition to those described above, the Company is involved in numerous lawsuits, not involving asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability insurer defending third-party claims brought against policyholders, or as an insurer defending claims brought against it relating to coverage or the Company’s business practices.  While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could be material to the Company’s results of operations in a future period, in the opinion of the Company’s management, none would likely have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or liquidity.

The Company previously reported that it sought guidance from the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the appropriate purchase accounting treatment for certain second quarter 2004 adjustments totaling $1.63 billion.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Other Matters.”  After discussion with the staff of the Division of Corporate Finance and the Company’s independent auditors, the Company continues to believe that its accounting treatment for these adjustments is appropriate. On May 3, 2006, the Company received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the Division) advising the Company that it is conducting an inquiry relating to the second quarter 2004 adjustments and the April 1, 2004 merger of SPC and TPC.  The Company is cooperating with the Division’s requests for information.

Other Commitments and Guarantees

Commitments

Investment Commitments — The Company has unfunded commitments to partnerships, joint ventures and certain private equity investments in which it invests. These commitments were $1.35 billion and $1.31 billion at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The Company also has long-term commitments to fund venture capital investments.  The Company’s total future estimated obligations related to its venture capital investments were $49 million and $87 million at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.  The decline in obligations related to venture capital investments was due to the Company’s sale of a significant portion of that portfolio, as described in note 3.

30




   THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

11.                 CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES, Continued

Guarantees

The Company has certain contingent obligations for guarantees related to letters of credit, issuance of debt securities, third party loans related to certain investments and various indemnifications related to the sale of business entities.

During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into construction loan and performance guarantees relating to an investment in a real estate development joint venture.  The maximum obligation for the guarantees was $55 million.

In the ordinary course of selling business entities to third parties, the Company has agreed to indemnify purchasers for losses arising out of breaches of representations and warranties with respect to the business entities being sold, covenants and obligations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries following the close, and in certain cases obligations arising from undisclosed liabilities, adverse reserve development, imposition of additional taxes due to either a change in the tax law or an adverse interpretation of the tax law, or certain named litigation.  Such indemnification provisions generally survive for periods ranging from 12 months following the applicable closing date to the expiration of the relevant statutes of limitations, or in some cases agreed upon term limitations.  As of June 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of the Company’s obligation for those indemnifications that are quantifiable related to sales of business entities was $1.86 billion.  Certain of these contingent obligations are subject to deductibles, which have to be incurred by the obligee before the Company is obligated to make payments.  Included in the indemnification obligations at June 30, 2007 was $188 million related to the Company’s variable interest in Camperdown UK Limited, which SPC sold in December 2003.  The Company’s variable interest results from an agreement to indemnify the purchaser in the event a specified reserve deficiency develops, a reserve-related foreign exchange impact occurs, or a foreign tax adjustment is imposed on a pre-sale reporting period.  The fair value of this obligation as of June 30, 2007 was $67 million, which was included in “Other Liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

31




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                                  CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The following consolidating financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. These consolidating financial statements have been prepared from the Company’s financial information on the same basis of accounting as the consolidated financial statements. The Travelers Companies, Inc. has fully and unconditionally guaranteed certain debt obligations of TPC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, which totaled $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2007.

Prior to the merger of SPC and TPC on April 1, 2004, TPC fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of all principal, premiums, if any, and interest on certain debt obligations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (TIGHI). The Travelers Companies, Inc. has fully and unconditionally guaranteed such guarantee obligations of TPC. TPC is deemed to have no assets or operations independent of TIGHI. Consolidating financial information for TIGHI has not been presented herein because such financial information would be substantially the same as the financial information provided for TPC.

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

For the three months ended June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

3,564

 

$

1,763

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,327

 

Net investment income

 

668

 

304

 

18

 

 

990

 

Fee income

 

129

 

(2

)

 

 

127

 

Net realized investment gains

 

27

 

88

 

13

 

 

128

 

Other revenues

 

(22

)

23

 

3

 

(3

)

1

 

Total revenues

 

4,366

 

2,176

 

34

 

(3

)

6,573

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

2,007

 

1,089

 

 

 

3,096

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

601

 

314

 

 

 

915

 

General and administrative expenses

 

555

 

255

 

29

 

(3

)

836

 

Interest expense

 

24

 

 

61

 

 

85

 

Total claims and expenses

 

3,187

 

1,658

 

90

 

(3

)

4,932

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

1,179

 

518

 

(56

)

 

1,641

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

330

 

95

 

(38

)

 

387

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

1,272

 

(1,272

)

 

Net income

 

$

849

 

$

423

 

$

1,254

 

$

(1,272

)

$

1,254

 

 


(1)                                   The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

32




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                                  CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES , Continued

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

7,082

 

$

3,540

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,622

 

Net investment income

 

1,300

 

616

 

34

 

 

1,950

 

Fee income

 

245

 

2

 

 

 

247

 

Net realized investment gains

 

37

 

88

 

17

 

 

142

 

Other revenues

 

1

 

36

 

8

 

(6

)

39

 

Total revenues

 

8,665

 

4,282

 

59

 

(6

)

13,000

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

4,119

 

2,166

 

 

 

6,285

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

1,163

 

621

 

 

 

1,784

 

General and administrative expenses

 

1,099

 

531

 

45

 

(6

)

1,669

 

Interest expense

 

57

 

 

104

 

 

161

 

Total claims and expenses

 

6,438

 

3,318

 

149

 

(6

)

9,899

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

2,227

 

964

 

(90

)

 

3,101

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

587

 

196

 

(22

)

 

761

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

2,408

 

(2,408

)

 

Net income

 

$

1,640

 

$

768

 

$

2,340

 

$

(2,408

)

$

2,340

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

33




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

For the three months ended June 30, 2006

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

3,458

 

$

1,723

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,181

 

Net investment income

 

581

 

268

 

25

 

 

874

 

Fee income

 

152

 

1

 

 

 

153

 

Net realized investment gains (losses)

 

(7

)

24

 

(7

)

 

10

 

Other revenues

 

33

 

3

 

3

 

(2

)

37

 

Total revenues

 

4,217

 

2,019

 

21

 

(2

)

6,255

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

2,127

 

1,026

 

 

 

3,153

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

533

 

281

 

 

 

814

 

General and administrative expenses

 

573

 

288

 

7

 

(2

)

866

 

Interest expense

 

35

 

 

43

 

 

78

 

Total claims and expenses

 

3,268

 

1,595

 

50

 

(2

)

4,911

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

949

 

424

 

(29

)

 

1,344

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

271

 

113

 

(10

)

 

374

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

989

 

(989

)

 

Net income

 

$

678

 

$

311

 

$

970

 

$

(989

)

$

970

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

34




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

6,797

 

$

3,375

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,172

 

Net investment income

 

1,195

 

511

 

43

 

 

1,749

 

Fee income

 

301

 

2

 

 

 

303

 

Net realized investment gains (losses)

 

(3

)

35

 

(28

)

 

4

 

Other revenues

 

62

 

14

 

6

 

(5

)

77

 

Total revenues

 

8,352

 

3,937

 

21

 

(5

)

12,305

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

4,162

 

2,033

 

 

 

6,195

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

1,062

 

552

 

 

 

1,614

 

General and administrative expenses

 

1,101

 

551

 

13

 

(5

)

1,660

 

Interest expense

 

70

 

 

84

 

 

154

 

Total claims and expenses

 

6,395

 

3,136

 

97

 

(5

)

9,623

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

1,957

 

801

 

(76

)

 

2,682

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

514

 

222

 

(30

)

 

706

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

2,022

 

(2,022

)

 

Net income

 

$

1,443

 

$

579

 

$

1,976

 

$

(2,022

)

$

1,976

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

35




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (Unaudited)

At June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other 
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available for sale at fair value (including $1,666 subject to securities lending) (amortized cost $63,912)

 

$

39,959

 

$

22,959

 

$

403

 

$

 

$

63,321

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost $432)

 

315

 

77

 

72

 

 

464

 

Real estate

 

10

 

857

 

 

 

867

 

Short-term securities

 

1,913

 

750

 

1,817

 

 

4,480

 

Other investments

 

2,173

 

919

 

133

 

 

3,225

 

Total investments

 

44,370

 

25,562

 

2,425

 

 

72,357

 

Cash

 

198

 

353

 

11

 

 

562

 

Investment income accrued

 

513

 

345

 

10

 

(6

)

862

 

Premiums receivable

 

4,089

 

2,400

 

 

 

6,489

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

10,200

 

6,534

 

 

 

16,734

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

798

 

543

 

 

 

1,341

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

1,508

 

289

 

 

 

1,797

 

Deferred tax asset

 

1,172

 

507

 

21

 

 

1,700

 

Contractholder receivables

 

4,780

 

1,957

 

 

 

6,737

 

Goodwill

 

2,412

 

954

 

 

 

3,366

 

Other intangible assets

 

446

 

438

 

 

 

884

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

28,052

 

(28,052

)

 

Other assets

 

1,823

 

594

 

291

 

(176

)

2,532

 

Total assets

 

$

72,309

 

$

40,476

 

$

30,810

 

$

(28,234

)

$

115,361

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

36,166

 

$

22,338

 

$

 

$

 

$

58,504

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

7,564

 

3,895

 

 

 

11,459

 

Contractholder payables

 

4,780

 

1,957

 

 

 

6,737

 

Payables for reinsurance premiums

 

317

 

467

 

 

 

784

 

Debt

 

1,598

 

161

 

5,150

 

(176

)

6,733

 

Other liabilities

 

3,908

 

1,582

 

338

 

(6

)

5,822

 

Total liabilities

 

54,333

 

30,400

 

5,488

 

(182

)

90,039

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Savings Plan—convertible preferred stock (0.4 shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

 

119

 

 

119

 

Common stock (1,750.0 shares authorized; 657.0 shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

745

 

18,839

 

(745

)

18,839

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

10,394

 

7,668

 

 

(18,062

)

 

Retained earnings

 

7,617

 

1,817

 

9,228

 

(9,434

)

9,228

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

(35

)

(154

)

(220

)

189

 

(220

)

Treasury stock, at cost (51.8 shares)

 

 

 

(2,644

)

 

(2,644

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

17,976

 

10,076

 

25,322

 

(28,052

)

25,322

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

72,309

 

$

40,476

 

$

30,810

 

$

(28,234

)

$

115,361

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

36




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (Unaudited)

At December 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other 
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available for sale at fair value (including $1,674 subject to securities lending) (amortized cost $62,244)

 

$

39,736

 

$

22,511

 

$

419

 

$

 

$

62,666

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost $436)

 

326

 

80

 

67

 

 

473

 

Real estate

 

8

 

785

 

 

 

793

 

Short-term securities

 

2,623

 

1,338

 

977

 

 

4,938

 

Other investments

 

2,019

 

1,270

 

109

 

 

3,398

 

Total investments

 

44,712

 

25,984

 

1,572

 

 

72,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

325

 

130

 

4

 

 

459

 

Investment income accrued

 

501

 

322

 

7

 

(3

)

827

 

Premiums receivable

 

3,916

 

2,265

 

 

 

6,181

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

12,963

 

4,857

 

 

 

17,820

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

1,013

 

230

 

 

 

1,243

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

1,323

 

292

 

 

 

1,615

 

Deferred tax asset

 

1,037

 

484

 

15

 

 

1,536

 

Contractholder receivables

 

4,541

 

2,013

 

 

 

6,554

 

Goodwill

 

2,412

 

1,026

 

 

 

3,438

 

Other intangible assets

 

273

 

491

 

 

 

764

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

26,946

 

(26,946

)

 

Other assets

 

1,921

 

589

 

279

 

(202

)

2,587

 

Total assets

 

$

74,937

 

$

38,683

 

$

28,823

 

$

(27,151

)

$

115,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

38,752

 

$

20,536

 

$

 

$

 

$

59,288

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

7,655

 

3,573

 

 

 

11,228

 

Contractholder payables

 

4,541

 

2,013

 

 

 

6,554

 

Payables for reinsurance premiums

 

284

 

401

 

 

 

685

 

Debt

 

2,469

 

155

 

3,338

 

(202

)

5,760

 

Other liabilities

 

4,449

 

1,846

 

350

 

(3

)

6,642

 

Total liabilities

 

58,150

 

28,524

 

3,688

 

(205

)

90,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Savings Plan—convertible preferred stock (0.4 shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

 

129

 

 

129

 

Common stock (1,750.0 shares authorized; 678.3 shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

745

 

18,530

 

(745

)

18,530

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

9,910

 

7,711

 

 

(17,621

)

 

Retained earnings

 

6,472

 

1,618

 

7,253

 

(8,090

)

7,253

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

405

 

85

 

452

 

(490

)

452

 

Treasury stock, at cost (25.2 shares)

 

 

 

(1,229

)

 

(1,229

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

16,787

 

10,159

 

25,135

 

(26,946

)

25,135

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

74,937

 

$

38,683

 

$

28,823

 

$

(27,151

)

$

115,292

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

37




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,640

 

$

768

 

$

2,340

 

$

(2,408

)

$

2,340

 

Net adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

(363

)

(96

)

(2,365

)

2,408

 

(416

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,277

 

672

 

(25

)

 

1,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of fixed maturities

 

1,449

 

1,105

 

10

 

 

2,564

 

Proceeds from sales of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

936

 

600

 

2

 

 

1,538

 

Equity securities

 

49

 

7

 

 

 

56

 

Other investments

 

435

 

496

 

 

 

931

 

Purchases of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

(3,538

)

(2,475

)

 

 

(6,013

)

Equity securities

 

(44

)

(11

)

 

 

(55

)

Real estate

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(53

)

Other investments

 

(281

)

(90

)

 

 

(371

)

Net sales (purchases) of short-term securities

 

711

 

432

 

(839

)

 

304

 

Securities transactions in course of settlement

 

13

 

44

 

(3

)

 

54

 

Other

 

(265

)

55

 

 

 

(210

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(535

)

110

 

(830

)

 

(1,255

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt

 

(857

)

 

(611

)

 

(1,468

)

Issuance of debt

 

 

 

2,461

 

 

2,461

 

Dividends to shareholders

 

 

 

(368

)

 

(368

)

Issuance of common stock – employee share options

 

 

 

160

 

 

160

 

Treasury shares acquired – share repurchase program

 

 

 

(1,335

)

 

(1,335

)

Treasury shares acquired – net employee share-based compensation

 

 

 

(38

)

 

(38

)

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

 

20

 

 

20

 

Dividends received by (paid to) parent company

 

(492

)

(578

)

1,070

 

 

 

Capital contributions and loans between subsidiaries

 

480

 

17

 

(497

)

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(869

)

(561

)

862

 

 

(568

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

(127

)

223

 

7

 

 

103

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

325

 

130

 

4

 

 

459

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

198

 

$

353

 

$

11

 

$

 

$

562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid (received)

 

$

582

 

$

242

 

$

(38

)

$

 

$

786

 

Interest paid

 

$

64

 

$

 

$

97

 

$

 

$

161

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

38




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited), Continued

12.                 CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2006

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,443

 

$

579

 

$

1,976

 

$

(2,022

)

$

1,976

 

Net adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

(553

)

(119

)

(1,915

)

2,022

 

(565

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

890

 

460

 

61

 

 

1,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of fixed maturities

 

1,678

 

968

 

4

 

 

2,650

 

Proceeds from sales of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

1,625

 

1,528

 

21

 

 

3,174

 

Equity securities

 

83

 

43

 

 

 

126

 

Other investments

 

335

 

177

 

 

 

512

 

Purchases of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

(4,817

)

(3,214

)

(18

)

 

(8,049

)

Equity securities

 

(3

)

(61

)

 

 

(64

)

Real estate

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(14

)

Other investments

 

(281

)

(82

)

 

 

(363

)

Net sales (purchases) of short-term securities

 

310

 

654

 

(1,057

)

 

(93

)

Securities transactions in course of settlement

 

606

 

(97

)

 

 

509

 

Other

 

(120

)

(2

)

 

 

(122

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(584

)

(100

)

(1,050

)

 

(1,734

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt

 

 

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

Issuance of debt

 

 

 

786

 

 

786

 

Dividends to shareholders

 

 

 

(343

)

 

(343

)

Issuance of common stock – employee share options

 

 

 

58

 

 

58

 

Treasury shares acquired – share repurchase program

 

 

 

(230

)

 

(230

)

Treasury shares acquired – net employee share-based compensation

 

 

 

(17

)

 

(17

)

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

4

 

2

 

 

 

6

 

Dividends received by (paid to) parent company

 

(255

)

(500

)

755

 

 

 

Capital contributions and loans between subsidiaries

 

 

16

 

(16

)

 

 

Other

 

(2

)

 

3

 

 

1

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(253

)

(482

)

992

 

 

257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

53

 

(119

)

3

 

 

(63

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

136

 

200

 

1

 

 

337

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

189

 

$

81

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid (received)

 

$

361

 

$

(106

)

$

(2

)

$

 

$

253

 

Interest paid

 

$

69

 

$

 

$

95

 

$

 

$

164

 

 


(1)           The Travelers Companies, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.

39




Item 2.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company).

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

2007 Second Quarter Consolidated Results of Operations

·                    Net income of $1.25 billion, or $1.90 per share basic and $1.86 per share diluted

·                    Net favorable prior year reserve development of $125 million pretax ($83 million after-tax)

·                    Catastrophe losses of $40 million pretax ($26 million after-tax)

·                    Net written premiums of $5.71 billion

·                    GAAP combined ratio of 87.8%

·                    Pretax net investment income of $990 million ($758 million after-tax)

·                    Pretax net realized investment gains of $128 million ($87 million after-tax)

2007 Second Quarter Consolidated Financial Condition

·                    Total assets of $115.36 billion, up $69 million from December 31, 2006

·                    Total investments of $72.36 billion, up $89 million from December 31, 2006; fixed maturities and short-term securities comprise 94% of total investments

·                    Repurchased 11.4 million common shares during the second quarter for a total cost of approximately $622 million under share repurchase program; remaining capacity under authorized share repurchase program of $2.53 billion at June 30, 2007

·                    Shareholders’ equity of $25.32 billion, up $187 million from December 31, 2006; book value per common share of $38.36

CONSOLIDATED OVERVIEW

The Company provides a wide range of property and casualty insurance products and services to businesses, government units, associations and individuals, primarily in the United States and in selected international markets.

40




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions, except ratio and per share data)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

5,327

 

$

5,181

 

$

10,622

 

$

10,172

 

Net investment income

 

990

 

874

 

1,950

 

1,749

 

Fee income

 

127

 

153

 

247

 

303

 

Net realized investment gains

 

128

 

10

 

142

 

4

 

Other revenues

 

1

 

37

 

39

 

77

 

Total revenues

 

6,573

 

6,255

 

13,000

 

12,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

3,096

 

3,153

 

6,285

 

6,195

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

915

 

814

 

1,784

 

1,614

 

General and administrative expenses

 

836

 

866

 

1,669

 

1,660

 

Interest expense

 

85

 

78

 

161

 

154

 

Total claims and expenses

 

4,932

 

4,911

 

9,899

 

9,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

1,641

 

1,344

 

3,101

 

2,682

 

Income tax expense

 

387

 

374

 

761

 

706

 

Net income

 

$

1,254

 

$

970

 

$

2,340

 

$

1,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.90

 

$

1.40

 

$

3.52

 

$

2.85

 

Diluted

 

$

1.86

 

$

1.36

 

$

3.41

 

$

2.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

57.1

%

59.5

%

58.1

%

59.2

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

30.7

 

30.3

 

30.4

 

30.2

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

87.8

%

89.8

%

88.5

%

89.4

%

 

The Company’s discussions related to all items, other than net income and segment operating income, are presented on a pretax basis, unless otherwise noted.

Overview

Net income in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $1.25 billion, or $1.86 per share diluted, 29% higher than net income of $970 million, or $1.36 per share diluted, in the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, net income of $2.34 billion, or $3.41 per share diluted, was 18% higher than comparable 2006 net income of $1.98 billion, or $2.76 per share diluted.  The increases in 2007 reflected strong growth in net investment income, continued favorable loss trends, higher levels of net realized investment gains and net favorable prior year reserve development, and increased business volume, partially offset by an increase in expenses.  Net favorable prior year reserve development totaled $125 million and $187 million in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, compared with net favorable prior year reserve development of $101 million and $150 million in the respective periods of 2006, primarily driven in all periods by better than expected loss experience in the Business Insurance and Personal Insurance segments.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in the Business Insurance segment in both periods of 2007 was partially offset by an increase to environmental reserves and in 2006 by an increase to runoff assumed reinsurance reserves.  Reported expenses in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 included net benefits of $59 million and $131 million, respectively, due to the implementation of a new fixed, value-based compensation program for the majority of the Company’s agents, which resulted in a reduction in commission expense in these periods, compared to what would have otherwise been reported, due to a change in the timing of expense recognition compared with the same periods of 2006.  The

41




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Company estimates that the full-year benefit from the change in timing of expense recognition in 2007 will be approximately $150 million.  Catastrophe losses in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $40 million, compared with $67 million in the same 2006 period.  Through the first six months of 2007 and 2006, catastrophe losses totaled $85 million and $67 million, respectively.  Net income in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 included after-tax benefits of $58 million and $86 million, respectively, due to the favorable resolution of various prior year federal tax matters, compared to after-tax benefits of $23 million and $72 million from the favorable resolution of various prior year federal and state tax matters in the same periods of 2006.  Net income for the second quarter and first six months of 2007 also included net realized investment gains of $128 million and $142 million, respectively, primarily driven by an $81 million realized gain on the bundled sale of a substantial portion of the Company’s venture capital investment portfolio in the second quarter.  Net income for the respective periods of 2006 included $10 million and $4 million of net realized investment gains.

Revenues

Earned Premiums

Earned premiums in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $5.33 billion, an increase of $146 million, or 3%, over the same period of 2006.  Earned premiums in the first six months of 2007 totaled $10.62 billion, an increase of $450 million, or 4%, over the same period of 2006.  In the Business Insurance segment, earned premium growth in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 of 3% and 4% over the respective 2006 totals primarily reflected the impact of the growth in business volume over the preceding twelve months.  In the Financial, Professional and International Insurance segment, earned premium growth of 1% and 4% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, over the same 2006 periods was driven by growth in business volume and the favorable impact of foreign currency rates of exchange.  This growth was partially offset by the impact of the sale of the Company’s Mexican surety subsidiary, Afianzadora Insurgentes, S.A. de C.V. (Afianzadora Insurgentes), in late March 2007 and the timing of certain reinsurance transactions.  Year-to-date earned premium growth in the Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment also benefited from adjustments to prior year premium estimates for the Company’s operations at Lloyd’s in the first quarter of the year.  In the Personal Insurance segment, earned premium growth of 3% and 6% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 over the respective 2006 totals reflected continued strong business retention rates and renewal price changes, and growth from new business volumes over the preceding twelve months, partially offset by the impact of the sale of Mendota Insurance Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, Mendota) in early April 2007.  Mendota primarily offered nonstandard automobile coverage.

Net Investment Income

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s investments.

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average investments (a)

 

$

73,063

 

$

70,491

 

$

72,926

 

$

70,108

 

Pretax net investment income

 

990

 

874

 

1,950

 

1,749

 

After-tax net investment income

 

758

 

673

 

1,495

 

1,343

 

Average pretax yield (b)

 

5.4

%

5.0

%

5.3

%

5.0

%

Average after-tax yield (b)

 

4.2

%

3.8

%

4.1

%

3.8

%

 


(a)                    Excluding net unrealized investment gains and losses, and is adjusted for cash, receivables for investment sales, payables on investment purchases and accrued investment income.

(b)                   Excluding net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses.

Net investment income of $990 million in the second quarter of 2007 increased $116 million, or 13%, over the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, net investment income of $1.95 billion was $201 million, or 11%, higher than in the same period of 2006.  The increases in 2007 were the result of higher yields on short-term securities and taxable fixed maturity securities, and continued growth in the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio resulting from strong cash flows from operating activities.  The Company’s non-fixed maturity investment portfolio also produced strong levels of net investment income in the second quarter and first six months of 2007.  The amortized cost of the fixed maturity portfolio at June 30, 2007 totaled $63.91 billion, $2.82 billion higher than at the same date in 2006.  The average pretax investment yield was

42




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

5.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2007, compared with 5.0% in the same period of 2006.  The increase in 2007 yields primarily reflected higher yields on taxable investments purchased in the preceding twelve months and the strong returns generated by non-fixed maturity investments.

The Company allocates invested assets and the related net investment income to its reportable business segments. Pretax net investment income is allocated based upon an investable funds concept, which takes into account liabilities (net of non-invested assets) and appropriate capital considerations for each segment. The investment yield for investable funds reflects the duration of the loss reserves’ future cash flows, the interest rate environment at the time the losses were incurred and A+ rated corporate debt instrument yields.  The investment yield for capital reflects the average yield on the total investment portfolio.  The application of the yields to the segments’ investable funds and capital determines the respective business segment’s share of actual net investment income.

Fee Income

The National Accounts market in the Business Insurance segment is the primary source of the Company’s fee-based business.  The decline in fee income in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 compared with the same periods of 2006 is described in the Business Insurance segment discussion that follows.

Net Realized Investment Gains

Net realized investment gains in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $128 million, compared with $10 million in the same period of 2006.  The 2007 total included $81 million of net realized investment gains from the bundled sale of a substantial portion of the Company’s venture capital investment holdings.  Through the first six months of 2007, net realized investment gains totaled $142 million, compared with net realized investment gains of $4 million in the same 2006 period.  The year-to-date 2007 total included gains from the venture capital transaction described previously.  The second quarter and first six months of 2007 included $9 million and $18 million, respectively, of impairment losses.  The respective periods of 2006 included $3 million and $13 million of impairment losses.

Written Premiums

Consolidated gross and net written premiums were as follows:

 

Gross Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Insurance

 

$

3,321

 

$

3,314

 

$

6,708

 

$

6,568

 

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

1,063

 

1,043

 

2,038

 

1,978

 

Personal Insurance

 

1,878

 

1,840

 

3,587

 

3,461

 

Total

 

$

6,262

 

$

6,197

 

$

12,333

 

$

12,007

 

 

 

Net Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Insurance

 

$

2,935

 

$

2,872

 

$

5,815

 

$

5,559

 

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

984

 

1,002

 

1,584

 

1,517

 

Personal Insurance

 

1,795

 

1,781

 

3,459

 

3,353

 

Total

 

$

5,714

 

$

5,655

 

$

10,858

 

$

10,429

 

 

43




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Gross and net written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 both increased 1% over the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, gross and net written premiums increased 3% and 4%, respectively, over the same 2006 period.  In late March 2007, the Company completed the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes, and in early April 2007, the Company completed the sale of Mendota.  These operations generated combined net written premiums of $6 million (due to a one-month reporting lag at Afianzadora Insurgentes) and $74 million in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, compared with net written premiums of $61 million and $136 million in the respective periods of 2006.  Adjusting for the impact of that premium volume in both years, the Company’s consolidated net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased 2% and 5%, respectively, over the same periods of 2006.  The Company’s reported net written premium volume in the second quarter of 2007 for the Personal Insurance segment and, to a lesser extent, the Business Insurance segment, was negatively impacted by the timing of the purchase of certain catastrophe reinsurance coverage for the Northeast United States under the Company’s catastrophe bond program.  See the “Capital Resources” section herein for a discussion of that coverage.

In Business Insurance, net written premium growth in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 of  2% and 5%, respectively, over the same 2006 periods was concentrated in the Commercial Accounts, Select Accounts and Industry-Focused Underwriting markets, primarily driven by strong business retention rates and higher new business volume.  In Financial, Professional & International Insurance, net written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 declined 2% from the same period of 2006 due to the timing of certain reinsurance transactions and the impact of the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes.  Through the first six months of 2007, net written premium growth of 4% in this segment over the same 2006 period reflected strong business volume in construction surety, Canada and the United Kingdom, adjustments to prior year premium estimates for the Company’s operations at Lloyd’s in the first quarter and the favorable impact of foreign currency rates of exchange Net written premium growth of 1% and 3% in the Personal Insurance segment in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, over the same 2006 periods reflected renewal price increases and strong business retention rates, partially offset by the impact of the sale of Mendota, a decline in new business volume and the timing of reinsurance purchased.

Claims and Expenses

Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses

Claims and claim adjustment expenses totaled $3.10 billion in the second quarter of 2007, $57 million, or 2%, lower than the second quarter 2006 total of $3.15 billion.  The 2007 second quarter total included $125 million of net favorable prior year reserve development and $40 million of catastrophe losses, whereas the 2006 second quarter total included $101 million of net favorable prior year reserve development and $67 million of catastrophe losses.  Through the first six months of 2007, claims and claim adjustment expenses totaled $6.29 billion, $90 million, or 1%, higher than the six-month 2006 total of $6.20 billion.  The 2007 six-month total included $187 million of net favorable prior year reserve development and $85 million of catastrophe losses, whereas the comparable 2006 total included $150 million of net favorable prior year reserve development and $67 million of catastrophe losses.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in 2007 and 2006 was concentrated in several product lines in the Business Insurance segment, and in the Personal Insurance segment.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in the Business Insurance segment was partially offset in 2007 by an increase to environmental reserves, discussed in more detail in the “Environmental Claims and Litigation” section herein. Net favorable prior year development in the Business Insurance segment in 2006 was partially offset by net unfavorable prior year reserve development in runoff assumed reinsurance business.  Catastrophe losses in 2007 primarily resulted from a wind and rain storm in the eastern United States and several storms in the Southeastern United States, whereas catastrophes in 2006 resulted from three wind, hail and rainstorm events in several regions of the United States.

Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs

The amortization of deferred acquisition costs totaled $915 million in the second quarter of 2007, $101 million, or 12%, higher than the comparable total of $814 million in the same 2006 period.  Through the first six months of 2007, these expenses totaled $1.78 billion, $170 million, or 11%, higher than the six-month 2006 total of $1.61 billion.  The increases in both periods primarily reflected the growth in business volume, and also included $41 million and $56 million increases in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, from the implementation of a new agent compensation program described in more detail below.

44




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses totaled $836 million in the second quarter of 2007, a decrease of $30 million, or 3%, from the comparable 2006 total of $866 million.  The decline primarily reflected the impact of the Company’s implementation of a new compensation program for the majority of its agents (described below) and a decline in legal expenses, which were largely offset by expenses related to increased business volume, continued expenditures to support business growth and product development and increased costs associated with the Company’s national advertising campaign that was launched in the second quarter of 2006.  General and administrative expenses in the second quarter of 2006 included a provision for legal expenses related to investigations of various business practices by certain governmental agencies.  Through the first six months of 2007, general and administrative expenses totaled $1.67 billion, slightly higher than the six-month 2006 total of $1.66 billion, primarily reflecting the factors described above.  Those increases were substantially offset by the implementation of the new agent compensation program and the decline in legal expenses.

In the first quarter of 2007, the Company discontinued the use of contingent commissions and implemented a new fixed compensation program for all of its personal lines business.  The Company also offered the majority of its agents conducting commercial business the option to switch to this new program.  The Company anticipates that its total payout rate for all agent compensation in 2007 will be substantially the same as in 2006; however, the change to the new program created a difference in the timing of commission expense recognition.  The cost of the new program is required to be deferred and amortized over the related policy period (generally six to twelve months), whereas the cost of the contingent commission program was not subject to deferred acquisition cost accounting treatment and, therefore, was expensed as incurred.  That timing difference will result in a benefit to income during the 2007 transition year.  The impact of this change in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 was to lower reported expenses by $100 million and $187 million, respectively, in the “General and Administrative Expenses” income statement line, and increase reported expenses by $41 million and $56 million, respectively, in the “Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs” income statement line, compared to what would have been reported under the prior contingent commission program.

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $85 million in the second quarter of 2007 was $7 million higher than the comparable 2006 total of $78 million, primarily reflecting the impact of the Company’s issuance of debt, described in more detail in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section herein.  Interest expense through the first six months of 2007 totaled $161 million, compared with $154 million in the same period of 2006.

GAAP Combined Ratios

The consolidated loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 57.1% in the second quarter of 2007 was 2.4 points lower than the comparable 2006 second quarter loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 59.5%.  The 2007 and 2006 second quarter loss and loss adjustment expense ratios included benefits of 2.4 points and 2.0 points, respectively, from net favorable prior year reserve development.  Catastrophe losses accounted for 0.8 points and 1.3 points of the 2007 and 2006 second quarter loss and loss adjustment expense ratios, respectively.  Through the first six months of 2007, the loss ratio of 58.1% was 1.1 points improved over the 2006 six-month loss ratio of 59.2%.  The 2007 and 2006 year-to-date loss ratios included benefits of 1.8 points and 1.5 points, respectively, from net favorable prior year reserve development.  Catastrophe losses accounted for 0.8 points and 0.7 points, respectively, of the year-to-date 2007 and 2006 loss ratios.  The 2007 second quarter and six-month loss and loss adjustment expense ratios excluding catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development improved over the comparable 2006 ratios on the same basis, reflecting continuing improvement in frequency and severity trends in several lines of business.  The underwriting expense ratios of 30.7% and 30.4% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, were 0.4 points and 0.2 points higher, respectively, than the comparable 2006 underwriting expense ratios.  The implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program described above provided benefits of 1.1 points and 1.2 points, respectively, to the expense ratios in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, which were offset by the increases in expenses discussed above.

45




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT

The Company is organized into three reportable business segments: Business Insurance; Financial, Professional & International Insurance; and Personal Insurance.  These segments reflect the manner in which the Company’s businesses are currently managed and represent an aggregation of products and services based on type of customer, how the business is marketed, and the manner in which risks are underwritten.

Business Insurance

The Business Insurance segment offers a broad array of property and casualty insurance and insurance-related services to its clients primarily in the United States. Business Insurance is organized into the following six groups, which collectively comprise Business Insurance Core operations: Select Accounts, Commercial Accounts, National Accounts, Industry-Focused Underwriting, Target Risk Underwriting and Specialized Distribution.

Business Insurance also includes the Special Liability Group (which manages the Company’s asbestos and environmental liabilities); the assumed reinsurance, health care, and certain international and other runoff operations; and policies written by the Company’s Gulf operation (Gulf), which was placed into runoff during the second quarter of 2004.  Th ese are collectively referred to as Business Insurance Other.

Results of the Company’s Business Insurance segment were as follows:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

2,802

 

$

2,715

 

$

5,565

 

$

5,358

 

Net investment income

 

717

 

635

 

1,411

 

1,271

 

Fee income

 

127

 

153

 

247

 

303

 

Other revenues

 

10

 

9

 

14

 

16

 

Total revenues

 

$

3,656

 

$

3,512

 

$

7,237

 

$

6,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

2,602

 

$

2,605

 

$

5,255

 

$

5,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

805

 

$

655

 

$

1,483

 

$

1,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

57.6

%

60.0

%

59.3

%

60.4

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

30.5

 

30.1

 

30.4

 

30.0

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

88.1

%

90.1

%

89.7

%

90.4

%

 

Overview

Operating income of $805 million in the second quarter of 2007 was $150 million, or 23%, higher than operating income of $655 million in the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, operating income of $1.48 billion was $177 million, or 14%, higher than operating income of $1.31 billion in the same period of 2006.  The increases in 2007 primarily reflected the continuation of favorable loss trends, an increase in net investment income, the resolution of certain tax matters and an increase in net favorable prior year reserve development.  Results in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 also benefited from the change to the new fixed agent compensation program that is described in more detail in the “Consolidated Overview” section herein.  There were no catastrophe losses incurred in this segment in the first six months of 2007 or 2006.

46




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Earned Premiums

Earned premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased 3% and 4%, respectively, over the same periods of 2006, reflecting the growth in written premium volume over the prior twelve months in the majority of the markets comprising this segment, driven by strong business retention rates coupled with increases in new business volume.

Net Investment Income

Refer to the “Net Investment Income” section of the “Consolidated Results of Operations” discussion herein for a description of the factors contributing to the increase in the Company’s net investment income in 2007.

Fee Income

National Accounts is the primary source of fee income due to its service businesses, which include claim and loss prevention services to large companies that choose to self-insure a portion of their insurance risks, and claims and policy management services to workers’ compensation residual market pools. The $26 million and $56 million declines in fee income in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, compared with the same 2006 periods primarily resulted from lower serviced premium volume due to the depopulation of workers’ compensation residual market pools, and the impact of lower loss costs on fee income due to workers’ compensation reforms, primarily in California .

Claims and Expenses

Claims and claim adjustment expenses in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $1.66 billion, a decrease of $31 million, or 2%, compared with the same 2006 period.  Through the first six months of 2007, claim and claim adjustment expenses of $3.41 billion were level with the comparable 2006 total.  There were no catastrophe losses incurred in the first six months of 2007 or 2006.  Increases due to growth in business volume were offset by continued favorable loss trends, as well as net favorable prior year reserve development in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, which totaled $60 million and $87 million, respectively, compared to $34 million and $53 million for the same 2006 periods.  The net favorable prior year reserve development in both years was primarily due to better than expected frequency and severity loss trends for recent accident years in the commercial multi-peril, general liability and commercial auto product lines.  The commercial multi-peril and general liability product lines experienced better than anticipated loss development that was attributable to several factors, including improving legal and judicial environments, as well as enhanced risk control, underwriting and claim process initiatives.  The commercial automobile product line experienced better than expected loss development which was attributable to the favorable legal and judicial environments, claim handling initiatives focused on the automobile line of insurance and improvements in auto safety technology.  In both periods of 2006 and in the first six months of 2007, the property product line also experienced net favorable prior year reserve development.  The favorable development in 2006 primarily reflected less “demand surge” inflation than originally estimated for 2005 accident year non-catastrophe losses.  “Demand surge” refers to significant short-term increases in building material and labor costs due to a sharp increase in demand for those materials and services.  These benefits from favorable prior year reserve development were partially offset in 2007 by an increase to environmental reserves, discussed in more detail in the “Environmental Claims and Litigation” section herein, and in 2006 by net unfavorable prior year reserve development in runoff assumed reinsurance business.

The amortization of deferred acquisition costs totaled $435 million in the second quarter of 2007, 16% higher than the comparable 2006 total of $374 million.  Through the first six months of 2007, the amortization of deferred acquisition costs totaled $838 million, 12% higher than the comparable 2006 total of $750 million.  The increases reflected the growth in business volume, as well as $21 million and $29 million increases in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, from the implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program described in more detail in the “Consolidated Overview” section herein.

47




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

General and administrative expenses in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $503 million, 6% lower than the comparable total of $533 million in the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, general and administrative expenses of $1.01 billion were level with the comparable 2006 total.  The implementation of the new agent compensation program in the first quarter of 2007 resulted in reductions of $49 million and $95 million in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, in reported general and administrative expenses compared to what would have been reported under the prior contingent commission program during those periods.  The second quarter and first six months of 2006 included a provision for legal expenses related to investigations of various business practices by certain governmental agencies.  These factors contributing to a decline in general and administrative expenses when compared with 2006 were partially offset in the second quarter of 2007 and substantially offset in the first six months of 2007 by the impact of expenses related to growth in business volume, continuing expenditures to support business growth and product development, and the segment’s share of increased costs associated with the Company’s national advertising campaign that was launched in the second quarter of 2006.

GAAP Combined Ratio

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 57.6% in the second quarter of 2007 was 2.4 points lower than the comparable 2006 ratio of 60.0%.  In the second quarter of 2007 and 2006, respectively, net favorable prior year reserve development provided 2.1 point and 1.2 point benefits to the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio.  Through the first six months of 2007, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 59.3% was 1.1 points lower than the comparable 2006 ratio of 60.4%. Net favorable prior year reserve development provided 1.6 point and 1.0 point benefits to the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the first six months of 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were no catastrophe losses incurred in the first six months of 2007 or 2006.  Adjusting for the impact of net favorable prior year reserve development in all periods, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratios for the second quarter and first six months of 2007 were 1.5 points and 0.5 points better, respectively, than the comparable 2006 ratios, reflecting continued favorable loss trends.

The underwriting expense ratios of 30.5% and 30.4% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007 were each 0.4 points higher than the respective 2006 ratios, primarily reflecting the increases in expenses described above.  The implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program provided 1.0 point and 1.2 point benefits to the underwriting expense ratio in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.

Written Premiums

The Business Insurance segment’s gross and net written premiums by market were as follows:

 

Gross Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Select Accounts

 

$

746

 

$

713

 

$

1,463

 

$

1,408

 

Commercial Accounts

 

612

 

581

 

1,325

 

1,226

 

National Accounts

 

478

 

549

 

991

 

1,123

 

Industry-Focused Underwriting

 

585

 

564

 

1,218

 

1,137

 

Target Risk Underwriting

 

619

 

606

 

1,145

 

1,124

 

Specialized Distribution

 

276

 

281

 

531

 

527

 

Total Business Insurance Core

 

3,316

 

3,294

 

6,673

 

6,545

 

Business Insurance Other

 

5

 

20

 

35

 

23

 

Total Business Insurance

 

$

3,321

 

$

3,314

 

$

6,708

 

$

6,568

 

 

48




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

 

Net Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Select Accounts

 

$

731

 

$

705

 

$

1,432

 

$

1,384

 

Commercial Accounts

 

581

 

548

 

1,222

 

1,123

 

National Accounts

 

286

 

298

 

541

 

566

 

Industry-Focused Underwriting

 

580

 

560

 

1,162

 

1,081

 

Target Risk Underwriting

 

475

 

463

 

892

 

861

 

Specialized Distribution

 

276

 

280

 

528

 

525

 

Total Business Insurance Core

 

2,929

 

2,854

 

5,777

 

5,540

 

Business Insurance Other

 

6

 

18

 

38

 

19

 

Total Business Insurance

 

$

2,935

 

$

2,872

 

$

5,815

 

$

5,559

 

 

In Business Insurance Core, gross written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 increased by 1% over the same period of 2006, whereas net written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 increased 3% over the second quarter of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, gross and net written premiums increased 2% and 4%, respectively, over the comparable 2006 totals.  All markets in Business Insurance Core operations, except National Accounts and Specialized Distribution, recorded net written premium growth in the second quarter of 2007, driven by higher new business volume throughout the majority of markets and continued strong business retention rates.  The decline in National Accounts’ net written premiums reflected competitive market conditions that resulted in lower business volume.  The Business Insurance segment’s allocated share of costs related to certain catastrophe reinsurance purchased for the Northeastern United States under the Company’s catastrophe bond program (described in more detail in the “Capital Resources” section herein) did not have a material impact on reported net written premiums for the second quarter or first six months of 2007.

Select Accounts . Net written premium growth of 4% and 3% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, over the same periods of 2006 was primarily due to growth in new business volume, coupled with continued strong business retention rates and renewal price changes that were positive but moderately lower than recent quarters.  New business volume increased in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 over the same periods of 2006, due in part to the recent introduction of the Company’s enhanced quote-to-issue agency platform and multivariate pricing program in ten states.  That platform is expected to be introduced in the remainder of the United States over the next nine months.  Enhanced marketing efforts and additional products sold to existing customers also contributed to new business growth in 2007.  Business retention rates remained strong in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 but declined slightly from the respective 2006 periods.  Renewal price changes in this market were lower during the second quarter and first six months of 2007 than in the respective periods of 2006, as price increases for coastal coverages were partially offset by declines in renewal price changes for non-coastal coverages, which continue to be impacted by competitive market conditions.

Commercial Accounts .  Net written premium growth of 6% and 9% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, over the same periods of 2006, was primarily driven by an increase in new business volume, coupled with continued strong business retention rates.  The growth in new business volume reflected the impact of recent product introductions, additional products sold to existing customers and increased marketing efforts.  Renewal price changes in this market were lower during 2007 than in 2006, primarily reflecting competitive market conditions.

National Accounts . Net written premiums for the second quarter and first six months of 2007 declined 4% from the same periods of 2006, reflecting competitive market conditions that resulted in lower business volume.

Industry-Focused Underwriting .  Net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased 4% and 7%, respectively, over the respective periods of 2006.  The second quarter increase was driven by the Oil & Gas business unit, due to continued strong renewal price changes and business retention rates; the Construction business unit, where favorable economic conditions contributed to new business volume; and the Agribusiness unit, driven by strong increases in new business volume and business retention rates.  Through the first six months of 2007, all five business units comprising this category recorded premium growth over the same 2006 period, primarily resulting from the factors described for the three business units above, as well as strong new business volume in the Technology and Public Sector business units in the first half of 2007.

49




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Target Risk Underwriting .  Net written premium growth of 3% and 4% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, over the same periods of 2006, was driven in both periods by increases in the Inland Marine and National Property business units.  Strong growth in new business volume accounted for the increase in Inland Marine net written premium volume, whereas National Property’s premium volume growth was driven by continued strong business retention rates and positive renewal price changes.  Growth in these two business units was partially offset by a decline in Excess Casualty, where increasingly competitive market conditions led to a reduction in new business volume and a decline in renewal price changes.

Specialized Distribution. Net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 were virtually level with the same periods of 2006.  Premium growth in the Northland business unit, reflecting strong business retention rates and new business volume, was largely offset in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 by premium declines in the National Programs business unit, resulting from reductions in new business volume and business retention rates that reflected competitive market conditions.

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

The Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment includes surety and financial liability coverages, which require a primarily credit-based underwriting process, as well as property and casualty products that are primarily marketed on an international basis.  The segment includes the Bond & Financial Products group, as well as the  International and Lloyd’s group.

In late March 2007, the Company completed the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes, which accounted for $6 million and $25 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, and $15 million and $38 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2006, respectively.  Written premiums recorded in the second quarter of 2007, subsequent to the completion of the sale, reflected the impact of the one-month reporting lag for this operation.  The impact of this transaction was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Results of the Company’s Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment were as follows:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

844

 

$

839

 

$

1,688

 

$

1,627

 

Net investment income

 

125

 

102

 

246

 

205

 

Other revenues

 

6

 

6

 

11

 

11

 

Total revenues

 

$

975

 

$

947

 

$

1,945

 

$

1,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

770

 

$

746

 

$

1,529

 

$

1,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

152

 

$

149

 

$

308

 

$

290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

54.7

%

52.6

%

53.8

%

52.8

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

36.3

 

35.8

 

36.4

 

35.4

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

91.0

%

88.4

%

90.2

%

88.2

%

 

Overview

Operating income of $152 million in the second quarter of 2007 was $3 million, or 2%, higher than operating income of $149 million in the same period of 2006, as increases in net investment income and net favorable prior year reserve development were substantially offset by non-catastrophe losses in the United Kingdom related to flooding.  Through the first six months of 2007, operating income of $308 million was 6% higher than operating income of $290 million in the same 2006 period, driven primarily by increases in net investment income and net favorable prior year reserve development, partially offset by the second quarter United Kingdom flood losses and an increase in general and administrative expenses.  No catastrophe losses were incurred in the first six months of 2007 or 2006 in this segment.

50




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Earned Premiums

Earned premiums in the second quarter of 2007 were slightly higher than in the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, earned premiums increased 4% over the same 2006 period.  Adjusting for the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes in both years, earned premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 grew 2% and 4%, respectively, over the same periods of 2006.  Earned premium growth over the respective periods of 2006 was concentrated in the International and Lloyd’s group, driven by growth in business volume and the favorable impact of foreign currency rates of exchange.  Year-to-date earned premium growth in 2007 in this group also benefited from adjustments to prior year premium estimates for the Company’s operations at Lloyd’s in the first quarter of the year.  In addition, in the Bond & Financial Products group, construction surety business volume in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased over the same periods of 2006.

Net Investment Income

Refer to the “Net Investment Income” section of the “Consolidated Results of Operations” discussion herein for a description of the factors contributing to the increase in the Company’s net investment income in 2007.

Claims and Expenses

Claims and claim adjustment expenses totaled $464 million and $915 million, respectively, in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, representing increases of 4% and 6% over the respective 2006 periods, primarily reflecting increased business volume and $30 million of non-catastrophe losses incurred in the United Kingdom related to flooding, partially offset by the impact of the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 totaled $15 million for each period, compared to $9 million in each of the same 2006 periods.  There were no catastrophe losses incurred in the first six months of 2007 or 2006.

General and administrative expenses totaled $146 million and $291 million, respectively, in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, representing increases of 2% and 9% over the same periods of 2006.  These increases primarily reflected the segment’s continued expenditures to support business growth and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.  The Company’s implementation of a new fixed agent compensation program in the first quarter of 2007 did not have a material impact on this segment.

GAAP Combined Ratio

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 54.7% and 53.8% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, were 2.1 points and 1.0 points higher than in the same 2006 periods, primarily reflecting the non-catastrophe losses related to flooding in the United Kingdom.  The second quarter and first six months of 2007 ratios included 1.7 point and 0.9 point benefits, respectively, from net favorable prior year reserve development, compared with 1.1 point and 0.6 point benefits in the same periods of 2006.  There were no catastrophe losses incurred in the first six months of 2007 or 2006. The underwriting expense ratios of 36.3% and 36.4% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, were 0.5 points and 1.0 points higher than the comparable 2006 expense ratios, driven by the increase in expenses described above.

Written Premiums

Financial, Professional & International Insurance’s gross and net written premiums by market were as follows:

 

Gross Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bond & Financial Products

 

$

681

 

$

674

 

$

1,307

 

$

1,295

 

International and Lloyd’s

 

382

 

369

 

731

 

683

 

Total Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

$

1,063

 

$

1,043

 

$

2,038

 

$

1,978

 

 

51




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

 

Net Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bond & Financial Products

 

$

658

 

$

660

 

$

969

 

$

953

 

International and Lloyd’s

 

326

 

342

 

615

 

564

 

Total Financial, Professional & International Insurance

 

$

984

 

$

1,002

 

$

1,584

 

$

1,517

 

 

Gross written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 increased 2% over the same period of 2006, whereas net written premiums declined 2% from the second quarter 2006 total.  Adjusting for the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes in both periods, gross written premiums increased 3% and net written premiums declined 1% compared with the second quarter of 2006.  The disparity in changes in gross and net written premiums compared with the prior year quarter primarily reflected changes in the timing of certain reinsurance transactions that reduced reported net written premiums.  Net written premiums in the Bond & Financial Products group for the second quarter of 2007 increased 1% over the same period of 2006 (adjusted for the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes), as increased construction surety business volume resulting from strong economic conditions in the public works sector of the construction industry was largely offset by the timing of certain reinsurance transactions, which negatively impacted net written premium volume in the second quarter of 2007.  In addition, Financial Products net written premium volume declined 1% from the second quarter of 2006, reflecting declines in renewal price changes and new business volume due to competitive market conditions.  In the International and Lloyd’s group, gross written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 increased $13 million, or 4%, over the same period of 2006, primarily reflecting strong business volume in Canada and the United Kingdom and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.  Net written premiums in the International and Lloyd’s group declined 4% from the second quarter of 2006, primarily reflecting the timing of certain reinsurance transactions.  Business retention rates remained strong, and new business volume was virtually level with the second quarter of 2006 in the International and Lloyd’s group. 

Through the first six months of 2007, gross written premiums of $2.04 billion increased $60 million, or 3%, over the comparable 2006 total, and net written premium volume of $1.58 billion increased $67 million, or 4%, over the same 2006 period.  Adjusting for the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes in both periods, gross and net written premiums in the first six months of 2007 increased 4% and 5%, respectively, over the same period of 2006.  Net written premiums for the first six months of 2007 in the Bond and Financial Products group increased 3% over the same period of 2006 (adjusted for the sale of Afianzadora Insurgentes), primarily due to strong construction surety volume, partially offset by the timing of certain reinsurance transactions which negatively impacted net written premium volume in the first six months of 2007, and declines in renewal price changes and new business volume in Financial Products due to competitive market conditions.  In the International and Lloyd’s group, net written premiums in the first six months of 2007 grew 9% over the same 2006 period, primarily due to adjustments to prior year premium estimates in the first quarter of the year in the Lloyd’s operation, the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and strong business volume in Canada and the United Kingdom. 

52




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Personal Insurance

The Personal Insurance segment writes virtually all types of property and casualty insurance covering personal risks. The primary coverages in Personal Insurance are automobile and homeowners insurance sold to individuals.

In early April 2007, the Company completed the sale of Mendota, which primarily offered non-standard automobile coverage and accounted for $0 and $49 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, and $46 million and $98 million of net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2006, respectively.  The impact of this transaction was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Results of the Company’s Personal Insurance segment were as follows:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,681

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,369

 

$

3,187

 

Net investment income

 

148

 

137

 

293

 

271

 

Other revenues

 

21

 

22

 

45

 

46

 

Total revenues

 

$

1,850

 

$

1,786

 

$

3,707

 

$

3,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

1,465

 

$

1,491

 

$

2,935

 

$

2,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

276

 

$

203

 

$

542

 

$

443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

57.6

%

62.2

%

58.3

%

60.5

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

28.3

 

27.9

 

27.4

 

27.8

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

85.9

%

90.1

%

85.7

%

88.3

%

 

Overview

Operating income of $276 million in the second quarter of 2007 was $73 million, or 36%, higher than operating income of $203 million in the same period of 2006.  Through the first six months of 2007, operating income of $542 million was $99 million, or 22%, higher than operating income of the same 2006 period.  The increases in 2007 primarily reflected lower catastrophe losses and growth in business volume.  Results in 2007 also benefited from the Company’s implementation of a new fixed agent compensation program in the first quarter of 2007, which is described in more detail in the “Consolidated Overview” section herein.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 was slightly lower than in the respective 2006 periods.  Catastrophe losses in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 totaled $40 million and $85 million, respectively, compared with catastrophe losses of $67 and $67 million in the respective periods of 2006.

Earned Premiums

Earned premium growth of 3% and 6% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 over the respective 2006 totals primarily reflected continued strong business retention rates and renewal price changes, and growth from new business volumes over the preceding twelve months, partially offset by the impact of the sale of Mendota in early April 2007.

Net Investment Income

Refer to the “Net Investment Income” section of the “Consolidated Results of Operations” discussion herein for a description of the factors contributing to the increase in the Company’s net investment income in 2007.

53




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Claims and Expenses

Claims and claim adjustment expenses in the second quarter of 2007 totaled $968 million, a decrease of $45 million, or 4%, from the same period of 2006, primarily reflecting a decline in catastrophe losses and the sale of Mendota.  Through the first six months of 2007, claim and claim adjustment expenses totaled $1.97 billion, an increase of $37 million, or 2%, over the comparable 2006 total of $1.93 billion.  Catastrophe losses of $85 million in the first six months of 2007 resulted from a wind and rain storm in the eastern United States in the second quarter, and two wind and hail storms in the Southeastern United States in the first quarter.  Catastrophe losses in the second quarter and first six months of 2006 totaled $67 million and resulted from three wind, hail and rainstorm events in Texas, the Southeast and the Northeast in the second quarter of the year.  Net favorable prior year reserve development in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 totaled $50 million and $85 million, respectively, compared with net favorable prior year reserve development of $58 million and $88 million in the respective periods of 2006.  The net favorable development in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 reflected better than expected automobile loss experience due in part to claim initiatives, and fewer than expected late reported homeowners’ claims related to non-catastrophe weather events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2006.  In addition, a portion of net favorable prior year reserve development in the Homeowners and Other line of business in the second quarter of 2007 was attributable to a decrease in the number of claims due to changes in the marketplace, including higher deductibles and fewer small-dollar claims.  These changes also resulted in a change in historical loss development patterns.  Net favorable prior year development in both periods of 2006 was primarily driven by better than expected auto bodily injury loss experience resulting in part from claim initiatives.

The amortization of deferred acquisition costs totaled $320 million in the second quarter of 2007, $39 million, or 14%, higher than the comparable 2006 total of $281 million.  Through the first six months of 2007, the amortization of deferred acquisition costs totaled $623 million, an increase of $68 million, or 12%, over the comparable 2006 total of $555 million. The increases reflected the growth in business volume, as well as $19 million and $24 million 2007 second quarter and six-month impacts, respectively, from the implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program in 2007 described in more detail in the “Consolidated Overview” section herein.

General and administrative expenses totaled $177 million in the second quarter of 2007, a decrease of $20 million, or 10%, from the second quarter 2006 total of $197 million.  Through the first six months of 2007, general and administrative expenses totaled $347 million, a decrease of $33 million, or 9%, from the comparable 2006 total of $380 million. The decreases in expenses in 2007 primarily reflected a decline in commission expenses resulting from the implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program, the sale of Mendota and a decline in legal expenses, which were partially offset by the impact of expenses related to increased business volume, continued investments to support business growth and product development and the segment’s share of increased costs related to the Company’s national advertising campaign that was launched in the second quarter of 2006.  The second quarter and year-to-date totals in 2006 included a provision for legal expenses related to investigations of various business practices by certain governmental agencies.  The implementation of the new compensation program for agents in the first quarter of 2007 resulted in $43 million and $81 million reductions in reported general and administrative expenses for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, compared to what would have been reported under the prior contingent commission program.

GAAP Combined Ratio

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratios of 57.6% and 58.3% in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, were 4.6 points and 2.2 points lower than the comparable 2006 ratios.  The second quarter and year-to-date ratios in 2007 included 3.0 point and 2.5 point benefits, respectively, from net favorable prior year reserve development, compared with 3.6 point and 2.8 point benefits in the same periods of 2006.  Catastrophe losses accounted for 2.4 points and 2.5 points of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratios in the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.  The impact of catastrophes on the respective 2006 loss and loss adjustment expense ratios was 4.1 points and 2.1 points.

The underwriting expense ratio of 28.3% in the second quarter of 2007 was 0.4 points higher than the comparable 2006 expense ratio of 27.9%.  Through the first six months of 2007, the underwriting expense ratio of 27.4% was 0.4 points lower than the comparable 2006 ratio of 27.8%. The second quarter and year-to-date ratios in 2007 reflected 1.5 point and 1.7 point benefits, respectively, resulting from the implementation of the new fixed agent compensation program.

54




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Written Premiums

Personal Insurance’s gross and net written premiums by product line were as follows:

 

Gross Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

$

927

 

$

960

 

$

1,902

 

$

1,902

 

Homeowners and Other

 

951

 

880

 

1,685

 

1,559

 

Total Personal Insurance

 

$

1,878

 

$

1,840

 

$

3,587

 

$

3,461

 

 

 

Net Written Premiums

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

$

915

 

$

951

 

$

1,880

 

$

1,883

 

Homeowners and Other

 

880

 

830

 

1,579

 

1,470

 

Total Personal Insurance

 

$

1,795

 

$

1,781

 

$

3,459

 

$

3,353

 

 

Gross and net written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 increased 2% and 1% over the respective totals in the same period of 2006.  Gross and net written premiums in the first six months of 2007 increased 4% and 3% over the respective totals in the same period of 2006.  Adjusting for the sale of Mendota in all periods, net written premiums in the Personal Insurance segment in 2007 increased 3% and 5% over the second quarter and first six months of 2006, respectively.  The increases were driven by continued strong retention rates and renewal price increases, partially offset by a decline in new business volume and the impact of the timing of certain catastrophe reinsurance purchased for the Northeastern United States under the Company’s catastrophe bond program, as discussed in the “Capital Resources” section herein.

In the Automobile line of business, net written premiums in the second quarter of 2007 declined 4% from the same period of 2006, whereas year-to-date 2007 net written premiums were consistent with the same 2006 period.  Adjusting for the impact of Mendota for all periods, net written premiums in the Automobile line of business in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased 1% and 2%, respectively, over the same periods of 2006.  That growth primarily reflected an increase in renewal price changes coupled with continued strong retention rates, partially offset by a decline in new business volume due to competitive market conditions.

In the Homeowners and Other line of business, net written premiums in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 grew 6% and 7% over the same periods of 2006, primarily reflecting renewal price increases, particularly for coastal coverages, coupled with continued strong retention rates.   New business volume in this line of business in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 declined from the same 2006 periods. Adjusting for the sale of Mendota for all periods, net written premiums in the Homeowners and Other line of business in second quarter and first six months of 2007 increased 7% and 8%, respectively, over the same periods of 2006.

The Personal Insurance segment had approximately 7.1 million and 6.8 million policies in force at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, excluding Mendota in both years.

55




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(66

)

$

(48

)

$

(88

)

$

(69

)

 

The net loss in the second quarter of 2007 included an after-tax loss of $25 million related to the Company’s redemption of its 4.5% contingently convertible debentures in April 2007, consisting of the redemption premium paid and the write-off of remaining debt issuance costs.  After-tax interest expense in the second quarter and first six months of 2007 totaled $55 million and $105 million, respectively, compared with $49 million and $97 million in the respective periods of 2006.  The net loss in this category for the second quarter and the first six months of 2007 were reduced by the favorable resolution of various prior year tax matters.  The net loss for the second quarter and first six months of 2006 also included a benefit from the favorable resolution of various prior year tax matters.

ASBESTOS CLAIMS AND LITIGATION

The Company believes that the property and casualty insurance industry has suffered from court decisions and other trends that have attempted to expand insurance coverage for asbestos claims far beyond the intent of insurers and policyholders.  While the Company has experienced a decrease in asbestos claims over the past two years, the Company continues to receive a significant number of asbestos claims from the Company’s policyholders (which include others seeking coverage under a policy), including claims against the Company’s policyholders by individuals who do not appear to be impaired by asbestos exposure.  Factors underlying these claim filings include intensive advertising by lawyers seeking asbestos claimants, the focus by plaintiffs on new and previously peripheral defendants and entities seeking bankruptcy protection as a result of asbestos-related liabilities.  In addition to contributing to the overall number of claims, bankruptcy proceedings may increase the volatility of asbestos-related losses by initially delaying the reporting of claims and later by significantly accelerating and increasing loss payments by insurers, including the Company.  Bankruptcy proceedings have also caused increased settlement demands against those policyholders who are not in bankruptcy but that remain in the tort system.  Recently, in many jurisdictions, those who allege very serious injury and who can present credible medical evidence of their injuries are receiving priority trial settings in the courts, while those who have not shown any credible disease manifestation are having their hearing dates delayed or placed on an inactive docket.  This trend of prioritizing claims involving credible evidence of injuries, along with the focus on new and previously peripheral defendants, contributes to the loss and loss expense payments experienced by the Company.  In addition, the Company’s asbestos-related loss and loss expense experience is impacted by the exhaustion or unavailability due to insolvency of other insurance potentially available to policyholders along with the insolvency or bankruptcy of other defendants.

The Company continues to be involved in coverage litigation concerning a number of policyholders, some of whom have filed for bankruptcy and whom in some instances have asserted that all or a portion of their asbestos-related claims are not subject to aggregate limits on coverage.  In these instances, policyholders also may assert that each individual bodily injury claim should be treated as a separate occurrence under the policy.  It is difficult to predict whether these policyholders will be successful on both issues.  To the extent both issues are resolved in policyholders’ favor and other Company defenses are not successful, the Company’s coverage obligations under the policies at issue would be materially increased and bounded only by the applicable per-occurrence limits and the number of asbestos bodily injury claims against the policyholders.  Accordingly, although the Company has seen a moderation in the overall risk associated with these lawsuits, it remains difficult to predict the ultimate cost of these claims.

Many coverage disputes with policyholders are only resolved through settlement agreements. Because many policyholders make exaggerated demands, it is difficult to predict the outcome of settlement negotiations. Settlements involving bankrupt policyholders may include extensive releases which are favorable to the Company but which could result in settlements for larger amounts than originally anticipated. There also may be instances where a court may not approve a proposed settlement, which may result in additional litigation and potentially less beneficial outcomes for the Company.  As in the past, the Company will continue to pursue settlement opportunities.

56




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

In addition, proceedings have been launched directly against insurers, including the Company, challenging insurers’ conduct in respect of asbestos claims and, as discussed below, claims by individuals seeking damages arising from alleged asbestos-related bodily injuries. The Company anticipates the filing of other direct actions against insurers, including the Company, in the future. It is difficult to predict the outcome of these proceedings, including whether the plaintiffs will be able to sustain these actions against insurers based on novel legal theories of liability. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to these claims and has received favorable rulings in certain jurisdictions. Additionally, Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, has entered into settlement agreements, which have been approved by the court in connection with the proceedings initiated by TPC in the Johns-Manville bankruptcy court. On March 29, 2006, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York substantially affirmed the bankruptcy court’s orders, while vacating that portion of the bankruptcy court’s orders which required all future direct actions against TPC to first be approved by the bankruptcy court before proceeding in state or federal court.  Five appeals from the March 29, 2006 ruling were filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, and TPC filed a cross-appeal.  Two appellants have voluntarily dismissed their appeals and a motion to dismiss the cross-appeal was filed.  Additionally, TPC appealed from a procedural order of the district court relating to the timeliness of the cross-appeal.  On January 17, 2007, the Second Circuit dismissed TPC’s cross-appeal and denied TPC’s appeal from the procedural order.  The three remaining principal appeals have been consolidated for disposition and remain pending.  It is not possible to predict how the appellate court will rule on the pending appeals. If the rulings of the district court are affirmed through the appellate process, then TPC will have resolved substantially all of the pending direct action claims against it.  (Also, see “Part II — Item 1, Legal Proceedings”).

Because each policyholder presents different liability and coverage issues, the Company generally reviews the exposure presented by each policyholder annually on a policyholder-by-policyholder basis. In the course of this review, the Company considers, among other factors: available insurance coverage, including the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has issued to the policyholder; limits and deductibles; an analysis of each policyholder’s potential liability; the jurisdictions involved; past and anticipated future claim activity and loss development on pending claims; past settlement values of similar claims; allocated claim adjustment expense; potential role of other insurance; the role, if any, of non-asbestos claims or potential non-asbestos claims in any resolution process; and applicable coverage defenses or determinations, if any, including the determination as to whether or not an asbestos claim is a products/completed operation claim subject to an aggregate limit and the available coverage, if any, for that claim.  For those policyholders for which an estimate of the gross ultimate exposure for indemnity and related claim adjustment expense is determined, the Company calculates, by each policy year, a ceded reinsurance projection based on any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, past ceded experience and reinsurance collections. Conventional actuarial methods are not utilized to establish asbestos reserves. The Company’s evaluations have not resulted in any data from which a meaningful average asbestos defense or indemnity payment may be determined.

The Company also compares its historical gross and net loss and expense paid experience, year-by-year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations, or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid activity. Net asbestos losses and expenses paid in the first six months of 2007 were $192 million, compared with $242 million in the same period of 2006. Net paid losses in the first six months of 2007 were lower primarily due to installment payments made during 2006 on settlements reached in prior years and increased reinsurance billings in 2007 on those prior settlements.  As a result, approximately 40% and 58% of total net paid losses in the first six months of 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to policyholders with whom the Company has entered into settlement agreements limiting the Company’s liability.  Beginning in the first quarter of 2007, the Company supplemented its existing annual in-depth and quarterly asbestos review processes with additional aggregate quarterly reserve analyses.  Net asbestos reserves totaled $3.86 billion at June 30, 2007, compared with $4.12 billion at June 30, 2006.

57




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

The following table displays activity for asbestos losses and loss expenses and reserves:

(at and for the six months ended June 30, in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

Beginning reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

4,777

 

$

5,103

 

Ceded

 

(726

)

(739

)

Net

 

4,051

 

4,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incurred losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

 

Ceded

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of discount:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

 

Ceded

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses paid:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

245

 

265

 

Ceded

 

(53

)

(23

)

Net

 

192

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

4,532

 

4,838

 

Ceded

 

(673

)

(716

)

Net

 

$

3,859

 

$

4,122

 

 


  See “—Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS AND LITIGATION

The Company continues to receive claims from policyholders who allege that they are liable for injury or damage arising out of their alleged disposition of toxic substances. Mostly, these claims are due to various legislative as well as regulatory efforts aimed at environmental remediation. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), enacted in 1980 and later modified, enables private parties as well as federal and state governments to take action with respect to releases and threatened releases of hazardous substances. This federal statute permits the recovery of response costs from some liable parties and may require liable parties to undertake their own remedial action. Liability under CERCLA may be joint and several with other responsible parties.

The Company has been, and continues to be, involved in litigation involving insurance coverage issues pertaining to environmental claims. The Company believes that some court decisions have interpreted the insurance coverage to be broader than the original intent of the insurers and policyholders. These decisions often pertain to insurance policies that were issued by the Company prior to the mid-1970s. These decisions continue to be inconsistent and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.  Environmental claims when submitted rarely indicate the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the policyholder, and the Company does not keep track of the monetary amount being sought in those few claims which indicate a monetary amount.

58




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

The resolution of environmental exposures by the Company generally occurs by settlement on a policyholder-by-policyholder basis as opposed to a claim-by-claim basis. Generally, the Company strives to extinguish any obligations it may have under any policy issued to the policyholder for past, present and future environmental liabilities and extinguish any pending coverage dispute with the policyholder. This form of settlement is commonly referred to as a “buy-back” of policies for future environmental liability. In addition, many of the agreements have also extinguished any insurance obligation which the Company may have for other claims, including but not limited to asbestos and other cumulative injury claims. The Company and its policyholders may also agree to settlements which extinguish any future liability arising from known specified sites or claims. Provisions of these agreements also include appropriate indemnities and hold harmless provisions to protect the Company. The Company’s general purpose in executing these agreements is to reduce the Company’s potential environmental exposure and eliminate the risks presented by coverage litigation with the policyholder and related costs.

In establishing environmental reserves, the Company evaluates the exposure presented by each policyholder and the anticipated cost of resolution, if any. In the course of this analysis, the Company considers the probable liability, available coverage, relevant judicial interpretations and historical value of similar exposures. In addition, the Company considers the many variables presented, such as the nature of the alleged activities of the policyholder at each site; the allegations of environmental harm at each site; the number of sites; the total number of potentially responsible parties at each site; the nature of environmental harm and the corresponding remedy at each site; the nature of government enforcement activities at each site; the ownership and general use of each site; the overall nature of the insurance relationship between the Company and the policyholder, including the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has issued to the policyholder; the involvement of other insurers; the potential for other available coverage, including the number of years of coverage; the role, if any, of non-environmental claims or potential non-environmental claims in any resolution process; and the applicable law in each jurisdiction. Conventional actuarial techniques are not used to estimate these reserves.

In its review of environmental reserves, the Company considers: the adequacy of reserves for past settlements; changing judicial and legislative trends; its reserves for the costs of litigating environmental coverage matters; the potential for policyholders with smaller exposures to be named in new clean-up actions for both on- and off-site waste disposal activities; the potential for adverse development; the potential for additional new claims beyond previous expectations; and the potential higher costs for new settlements.

The duration of the Company’s investigation and review of these claims and the extent of time necessary to determine an appropriate estimate, if any, of the value of the claim to the Company vary significantly and are dependent upon a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the cooperation of the policyholder in providing claim information, the pace of underlying litigation or claim processes, the pace of coverage litigation between the policyholder and the Company and the willingness of the policyholder and the Company to negotiate, if appropriate, a resolution of any dispute pertaining to these claims. Because these factors vary from claim-to-claim and policyholder-by-policyholder, the Company cannot provide a meaningful average of the duration of an environmental claim. However, based upon the Company’s experience in resolving these claims, the duration may vary from months to several years.

The Company continues to receive notices from policyholders tendering environmental claims for the first time. These policyholders generally present smaller exposures, have fewer sites and are lower-tier defendants. Further, in many instances clean-up costs have been reduced because regulatory agencies are willing to accept risk-based site analyses and more efficient clean-up technologies. However, the Company has experienced higher than expected defense and settlement costs, driven in part by coverage disputes with its policyholders and adverse judicial developments in certain states regarding the availability of coverage for environmental claims. In addition, while the Company continues to experience a decline in both the number of new policyholders tendering claims for the first time and the number of pending lawsuits between the Company and its policyholders pertaining to coverage for environmental claims, the Company has seen a moderation in the rate of this decline. As a result of these factors, the Company increased its environmental reserve by $185 million in the second quarter of 2007. The largest component of this increase is attributable to the reserve the Company carries for defending and/or prosecuting litigation relating to the Company’s coverage obligations for environmental claims.

59




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Gross paid losses in the first six months of 2007 and 2006 were $69 million and $115 million, respectively.  TPC entered into a significant settlement with one policyholder in 2005.  TPC executed an agreement with this policyholder which resolved all past, present and future hazardous waste and pollution property damage claims, and all related past and pending bodily injury claims.  The final payment related to this settlement was made in the first quarter of 2006.  In addition, TPC and this policyholder entered into a coverage-in-place agreement which addressed the handling and resolution of all future hazardous waste and pollution bodily injury claims.  Under the coverage-in-place agreement, TPC has no defense obligation, and there is an overall cap with respect to any indemnity obligation that might be owed.

At June 30, 2007, approximately 88% of the net environmental reserve (approximately $474 million) was carried in a bulk reserve and included unresolved environmental claims, incurred but not reported environmental claims and the anticipated cost of litigating coverage disputes relating to these claims.  The bulk reserve the Company carries is established and adjusted based upon the aggregate volume of in-process environmental claims and the Company’s experience in resolving those claims. The balance, approximately 12% of the net environmental reserve (approximately $63 million), consists of case reserves.

The following table displays activity for environmental losses and loss expenses and reserves:

(at and for the six months ended June 30, in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

Beginning reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

413

 

$

494

 

Ceded

 

5

 

(69

)

Net

 

418

 

425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incurred losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

185

 

 

Ceded

 

 

 

Net

 

185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses paid:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

69

 

115

 

Ceded

 

(3

)

(62

)

Net

 

66

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

529

 

379

 

Ceded

 

8

 

(7

)

Net

 

$

537

 

$

372

 

 

60




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

UNCERTAINTY REGARDING ADEQUACY OF ASBESTOS AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESERVES

As a result of the processes and procedures described above, management believes that the reserves carried for asbestos and environmental claims at June 30, 2007 are appropriately established based upon known facts, current law and management’s judgment.  However, the uncertainties surrounding the final resolution of these claims continue, and it is difficult to determine the ultimate exposure for asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation. As a result, these reserves are subject to revision as new information becomes available and as claims develop. The continuing uncertainties include, without limitation, the risks and lack of predictability inherent in complex litigation, any impact from the bankruptcy protection sought by various asbestos producers and other asbestos defendants, a further increase or decrease in asbestos and environmental claims beyond that which is anticipated, the role of any umbrella or excess policies the Company has issued, the resolution or adjudication of some disputes pertaining to the amount of available coverage for asbestos and environmental claims in a manner inconsistent with the Company’s previous assessment of these claims, the number and outcome of direct actions against the Company and future developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. In addition, the Company’s asbestos-related claims and claim adjustment expense experience has been impacted by the exhaustion or unavailability due to insolvency of other insurance sources potentially available to policyholders along with the insolvency or bankruptcy of other defendants, although the Company has noted a recent decrease in the number and volatility of asbestos-related bankruptcies.  It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their impact on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims. This development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation, including legislation related to asbestos reform. It is also difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of complex coverage disputes until settlement negotiations near completion and significant legal questions are resolved or, failing settlement, until the dispute is adjudicated. This is particularly the case with policyholders in bankruptcy where negotiations often involve a large number of claimants and other parties and require court approval to be effective. As part of its continuing analysis of asbestos reserves, which includes an annual ground-up review of asbestos policyholders, the Company continues to study the implications of these and other developments. The Company completed its most recent annual ground-up review during the third quarter of 2006.  See “Part II — Item 1, Legal Proceedings.”

Because of the uncertainties set forth above, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s operating results in future periods.

61




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is a measure of a company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the short- and long-term cash requirements of its business operations.  The liquidity requirements of the Company’s business have been met primarily by funds generated from operations, asset maturities and income received on investments.  Cash provided from these sources is used primarily for claims and claim adjustment expense payments and operating expenses.  The timing and amount of catastrophe claims are inherently unpredictable.  Such claims increase liquidity requirements.  The timing and amount of reinsurance recoveries may be affected by reinsurer solvency and reinsurance coverage disputes.  Additionally, the variability of asbestos-related claim payments, as well as the volatility of potential judgments and settlements arising out of litigation, may also result in increased liquidity requirements.  It is the opinion of the Company’s management that the Company’s future liquidity needs will be adequately met from all of the above sources.  The Company also has the ability to issue securities under its shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and has access to liquidity through its $1 billion line of credit.

Operating Activities

Net cash flows provided by operating activities in the first six months of 2007 and 2006 totaled $1.92 billion and $1.41 billion, respectively. Cash flows in 2007 reflected higher levels of collected premiums and net investment income, lower claim payments on catastrophe losses, as well as lower runoff claim payments in Business Insurance Other in comparison to the first six months of 2006.  These factors were partially offset by an increase in tax payments resulting from higher profitability.  As discussed in more detail in “Part II — Item 1, Legal Proceedings,” on July 6, 2007, the Company announced that it had entered into a settlement to resolve fully all current and future asbestos-related coverage claims relating to ACandS. Under the settlement agreement, which is subject to several contingencies, the Company will contribute $449 million to a trust to be established pursuant to ACandS’ plan of reorganization.  The Company expects to fund such payment with internally-generated funds.

Investing Activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities in the first six months of 2007 and 2006 totaled $1.26 billion and $1.73 billion, respectively. Fixed maturity securities accounted for the majority of investment purchases in both years.

The majority of funds available for investment are deployed in a widely diversified portfolio of high quality, liquid intermediate-term taxable U.S. government, corporate and mortgage backed bonds and tax-exempt U.S. municipal bonds.  The Company closely monitors the duration of its fixed maturity investments, and investment purchases and sales are executed with the objective of having adequate funds available to satisfy the Company’s insurance and debt obligations.  The Company’s management of the duration of the fixed income investment portfolio generally produces a duration that exceeds the duration of the Company’s net insurance liabilities.  The average duration of fixed maturities and short-term securities was 4.1 at June 30, 2007, compared with 4.0 at December 31, 2006.

The Company also invests much smaller amounts in equity securities, venture capital and real estate. These investment classes have the potential for higher returns but also involve varying degrees of risk, including less stable rates of return and less liquidity.  During the second quarter of 2007, the Company sold a substantial portion of its venture capital investment portfolio.

The primary goals of the Company’s asset liability management process are to satisfy the insurance liabilities, manage the interest rate risk embedded in those insurance liabilities and maintain sufficient liquidity to cover fluctuations in projected liability cash flows.  Generally, the expected principal and interest payments produced by the Company’s fixed income portfolio adequately fund the estimated runoff of the Company’s insurance reserves.  Although this is not an exact cash flow match in each period, the substantial degree by which the market value of the fixed income portfolio exceeds the present value of the net insurance liabilities, plus the positive cash flow from newly sold policies and the large amount of high quality liquid bonds, provides assurance of the Company’s ability to fund the payment of claims without having to sell illiquid assets or access credit facilities.

At June 30, 2007, total cash, short-term invested assets and other readily marketable securities aggregating $2.27 billion were held at the holding company level, including approximately $485 million of remaining net proceeds from the issuance of debt in May 2007, which the Company intends to use to fund maturing debt (described in more detail in the following section).  The assets held at the holding company, combined with other sources of funds available, primarily additional dividends from operating subsidiaries, are sufficient to meet its liquidity requirements.  These liquidity requirements primarily include shareholder dividends and debt service.

62




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Financing Activities

Net cash flows used in financing activities in the first six months of 2007 totaled $568 million, compared with net cash flows provided by financing activities of $257 million in the same 2006 period.  The 2007 total primarily reflected common share repurchases, the early redemption of debt, the repayment of maturing debt and dividends to shareholders, partially offset by the issuance of debt and proceeds from employee stock option exercises.  The 2006 total reflected the issuance of debt and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from employee stock option exercises, offset by dividends to shareholders and common share repurchases.

Debt Transactions .  On January 18, 2007, the Company redeemed $81 million of 8.47% subordinated debentures originally issued in 1997 and due January 10, 2027.  The debentures were redeemable by the Company on or after January 10, 2007.  In January 1997, USF&G Capital II, a business trust, issued $100 million of capital securities, the proceeds of which, along with $3 million in capital provided by the Company, were used to purchase the subordinated debentures issued by USF&G Corporation and subsequently assumed by the Company after the merger of The St. Paul Companies Inc. (SPC) and Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC).  During the period prior to redemption, the Company had repurchased and retired $22 million of the debentures in open market transactions.  Upon the Company’s redemption of the remaining $81 million of subordinated debentures in January 2007, USF&G Capital II in turn used the proceeds to redeem its remaining capital securities outstanding.  USF&G Capital II was then liquidated, and the Company received a $3 million distribution of capital.  The Company recorded a $3 million pretax gain on the redemption of the subordinated debentures, due to the remaining unamortized fair value adjustment recorded at the merger date, less the redemption premium paid.

On March 12, 2007, the Company issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.25% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due March 15, 2067 for net proceeds of $986 million (after original issue discount and the deduction of underwriting expenses and commissions and other expenses).  The debentures were issued at a discount, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.447%.  The debentures bear interest at an annual rate of 6.25% from the date of issuance to, but excluding, March 15, 2017, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15.  From and including March 15, 2017, the debentures will bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.215%, payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.  The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the debentures. The Company will not be required to settle deferred interest until it has deferred interest for five consecutive years or, if earlier, made a payment of current interest during a deferral period. The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default.  Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the debentures.

The debentures carry a 60-year final maturity and a scheduled maturity date in year thirty.  During the 180-day period ending not more than fifteen and not less than ten business days prior to the scheduled maturity date, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to sell enough qualifying capital securities, or at its option, common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity or debt exchangeable for preferred equity to permit repayment of the debentures at the scheduled maturity date.  If any debentures remain outstanding after the scheduled maturity date, the unpaid amount will remain outstanding until the Company has raised sufficient proceeds from the sale of qualifying capital securities, or at its option, common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity or debt exchangeable for preferred equity to permit the repayment in full of the debentures.  If there are remaining debentures at the final maturity date, the Company is required to redeem the debentures using any source of funds.  Qualifying capital securities are securities (other than common stock, qualifying warrants, mandatorily convertible preferred stock, debt exchangeable for common equity, and debt exchangeable for preferred equity) which generally are treated by the ratings agencies as having similar equity content to the debentures.

The Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after March 15, 2017 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued but unpaid interest.  The Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole only, prior to March 15, 2017 (a) in whole at any time or in part from time to time or (b) in whole, but not in part, in the event of certain tax or rating agency events relating to the debentures, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the applicable make-whole amount, in each case plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

63




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

In connection with the offering of the debentures, the Company entered into a “replacement capital covenant” for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company’s indebtedness (which will initially be the 6.750% Senior Notes due 2036). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenant, if the Company redeems the debentures at any time prior to March 15, 2047 it can only do so with the proceeds of securities that are treated by the rating agencies as having similar equity content to the debentures.

On March 15, 2007, the Company’s $500 million, 5.75% senior notes matured and were fully paid.

On April 18, 2007, the Company completed the redemption of its outstanding $893 million, 4.50% convertible junior subordinated notes due in 2032 (the notes). The notes were originally issued by Travelers Property Casualty Corp., and the Company assumed certain obligations relating to the notes pursuant to a Second Supplemental Indenture dated April 1, 2004. Each note had a principal amount of $25.00. The redemption price for each note was $25.5625 plus $0.009375 of accrued and unpaid interest.  Any note called for redemption could be surrendered for conversion into common stock before the close of business on April 17, 2007. Each note was convertible into 0.4684 shares of common stock of The Travelers Companies, Inc.  Holders of $36 million of the notes tendered their certificates in exchange for the issuance of 670,910 of the Company’s common shares.  The remaining $857 million of notes were redeemed for cash, along with accrued interest to the date of redemption.  The Company recorded a $39 million pretax loss ($25 million after-tax) in other revenues in the second quarter of 2007 related to the redemption, consisting of the redemption premium paid and the write-off of remaining unamortized issuance costs.

On May 29, 2007, the Company issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.375% senior notes due June 15, 2012 (the 2012 senior notes), $450 million aggregate principal amount of 5.750% senior notes due December 15, 2017 (the 2017 senior notes), and $800 million aggregate principal amount of 6.250% senior notes due June 15, 2037 (the 2037 senior notes).  The total net proceeds of these three senior note issuances, after original issuance discounts and the deduction of underwriting expenses and commissions and other expenses, were approximately $1.47 billion.  Interest on each of the senior note issuances is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2007.  Each series of senior notes is redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed, or (b) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the senior notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 12.5 basis points for the 2012 senior notes, 15 basis points for the 2017 senior notes and 20 basis points for the 2037 senior notes.  The Company intends to apply the net proceeds of this offering to (1) repay approximately $442 million of senior notes maturing on August 16, 2007, (2) to repay approximately $42 million of medium-term notes maturing before December 31, 2007 and (3) for general corporate purposes. Prior to applying these proceeds, the Company has invested them in investment grade, marketable securities.

Dividends.   Dividends paid to shareholders totaled $368 million and $343 million in the first six months of 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of the Company’s common stock will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  Dividends would be paid by the Company only if declared by its Board of Directors out of funds legally available, subject to any other restrictions that may be applicable to the Company.

Share Repurchases.   On May 2, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase up to $2 billion of shares of the Company’s common stock.  In January 2007, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $3 billion to this program, increasing the share repurchase program to a total of up to $5 billion.  Under this program, repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market, pursuant to pre-set trading plans meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in private transactions or otherwise.  This program does not have a stated expiration date.  The timing and actual number of shares to be repurchased in the future will depend on a variety of factors, including corporate and regulatory requirements, price, catastrophe losses and other market conditions.  The following table summarizes repurchase activity under this program in 2007.

64




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Quarterly Period Ending

 

Total number of
shares
purchased

 

Average price paid
per share

 

Remaining capacity 
under share repurchase 
program

 

March 31, 2007

 

13,889,773

 

$

52.20

 

$

3,153,874,729

 

June 30, 2007

 

11,390,800

 

$

54.56

 

$

2,532,374,769

 

Total

 

25,280,573

 

$

53.27

 

$

2,532,374,769

 

 

Since the inception of the program in May 2006 through June 30, 2007, the Company has repurchased a cumulative total of 48.1 million shares for a total cost of $2.47 billion, or $51.34 per share.

Debt Fair Value Adjustment .  Upon completion of the merger of SPC and TPC on April 1, 2004, the Company acquired all obligations related to SPC’s outstanding debt, which had a carrying value of $3.68 billion at the time of the merger. In accordance with purchase accounting, the carrying value of the SPC debt acquired was adjusted to market value as of April 1, 2004 using the effective interest rate method, which resulted in a $301 million adjustment to increase the amount of the Company’s consolidated debt outstanding. That fair value adjustment is being amortized over the remaining life of the respective debt instruments acquired. That amortization, which totaled $11 million and $17 million in the first six months of 2007 and 2006, respectively, reduced reported interest expense.

Capital Resources

Capital resources reflect the overall financial strength of the Company and its ability to borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet its needs.  The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s capital structure at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

(in millions)

 

June 30,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term

 

$

984

 

$

1,114

 

Long-term

 

5,726

 

4,588

 

Net unamortized fair value adjustments and debt issuance costs

 

23

 

58

 

Total debt

 

6,733

 

5,760

 

Preferred shareholders’ equity

 

119

 

129

 

Common shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock and retained earnings, less treasury stock

 

25,423

 

24,554

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

(220

)

452

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

25,322

 

25,135

 

Total capitalization

 

$

32,055

 

$

30,895

 

 

The $1.16 billion increase in total capitalization over year-end 2006 resulted from the Company’s net income in the first six months of 2007 and the issuance of debt, partially offset by the impact of common share repurchases, debt maturities, debt redemptions and dividends to shareholders.

Catastrophe Reinsurance Coverage

The Company utilizes a general catastrophe reinsurance treaty with unaffiliated reinsurers to manage its exposure to losses resulting from catastrophes.  In addition to the coverage provided under this treaty, the Company also utilizes a catastrophe bond program, as well as a Northeast catastrophe reinsurance treaty, to protect against losses resulting from catastrophes in the Northeastern United States.

65




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

General Catastrophe Reinsurance Treaty .  The general catastrophe reinsurance treaty covers the accumulation of net property losses arising out of one occurrence.  The treaty excludes nuclear, chemical, biochemical and radiological losses and all terrorism losses as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005. The treaty covers all of the Company’s exposures in the United States and Canada and their possessions and waters contiguous thereto, the Caribbean and Mexico.  For business underwritten in Canada, the United Kingdom, Republic of Ireland and in the Company’s operations at Lloyd’s, separate reinsurance protections are purchased locally that have lower net retentions more commensurate with the size of the respective local balance sheet.  The Company conducts an ongoing review of its risk and catastrophe coverages and makes changes as it deems appropriate.

The following table summarizes the Company’s coverage under its General Catastrophe Treaty, effective for the time period indicated:

July 1, 2007 - June 30, 2008

Layer of Loss

 

Reinsurance Coverage In-Force

 

 

 

$0 - $1 billion

 

Loss 100% retained by the Company

$1 billion -
$1.50 billion

 

23.6% ($118 million) of loss covered by treaty;
76.4% ($382 million) of loss retained by
Company

$1.50 billion -
$2.25 billion

 

60.9% ($457 million) of loss covered by Treaty;
39.1% ($293 million) of loss retained by
Company

Greater than
$2.25 billion

 

100% of loss retained by Company, except for
certain losses incurred in the Northeastern United
States, which are covered by the Catastrophe
Bond Program and Northeast Catastrophe Treaty
as described below.

 

Catastrophe Bond Program.  In May 2007, the Company announced the establishment of a multi-year catastrophe bond program to provide reinsurance protection for losses resulting from hurricanes and certain other catastrophes in the Northeast United States (from New Jersey to Maine). The Company may obtain reinsurance under the program by entering into one or more reinsurance agreements with Longpoint Re Ltd. (Longpoint Re), a newly formed independent Cayman Islands insurance company.  Longpoint Re successfully completed an offering to unrelated investors under the program of $500 million aggregate principal amount of catastrophe bonds on May 8, 2007. In connection with the offering, the Company and Longpoint Re entered into a three-year reinsurance agreement providing up to $500 million of reinsurance from losses resulting from certain hurricane events in the Northeastern United States.  The reinsurance agreement entered into by the Company and Longpoint Re utilizes a dual trigger that is based upon the Company’s covered losses incurred and an index that is created by applying predetermined percentages to insured industry losses in each state in the covered area as reported by Property Claim Services, a division of Insurance Services Offices, Inc.  Amounts payable to the Company under the reinsurance agreement will be determined by the index-based losses, which are designed to approximate the Company’s actual losses from any covered event.  The principal amount of the catastrophe bonds will be reduced by any amounts paid to the Company under the reinsurance agreement. The Company will be entitled to begin recovering amounts under the reinsurance agreement if the index-based losses in the covered area for a single occurrence reach an initial attachment amount of $2.25 billion. The full coverage amount of $500 million is available on a proportional basis until index-based losses reach a maximum $3.0 billion limit. The index-based losses attachment point and maximum limit will be reset annually to maintain a probability of loss on the catastrophe bonds equal to the initial modeled probability of loss.

66




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Northeast Catastrophe Reinsurance Treaty.  In addition to its General Catastrophe treaty and its multi-year catastrophe bond program, the Company also is party to a Northeast General Catastrophe treaty which provides up to $250 million of coverage, subject to a $2.25 billion retention, for losses arising from hurricanes, earthquakes and winter storm or freeze losses from Virginia to Maine for the period July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2008.  Losses from a covered event (occurring over several days) anywhere in the United States may be used to satisfy the retention.  Recoveries under the catastrophe bond program described above (if any) would be first applied to reduce losses subject to this treaty.

Terrorism Risk Insurance

On November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the Terrorism Act) was enacted into Federal law and established the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program (the Program), a temporary Federal program in the Department of the Treasury that provided for a system of shared public and private compensation for insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism or war committed by or on behalf of a foreign interest. The Program was scheduled to terminate on December 31, 2005. In December 2005, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005 (the Terrorism Extension Act) was enacted into Federal law, reauthorizing the Program through December 31, 2007, while reducing the Federal role under the Program.

Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, and is expected to be introduced in the Senate, to extend the terrorism insurance program beyond its current expiration date.  The Company anticipates that the program will be extended in some form.  However, it may not be extended and, if extended, it may contain substantial legislative changes and revisions, some of which may be favorable and some of which may be unfavorable for the Company.

RATINGS

Ratings are an important factor in setting the Company’s competitive position in the insurance marketplace. The Company receives ratings from the following major rating agencies: A.M. Best Company (A.M. Best), Fitch Ratings (Fitch), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Corp. (S&P). Rating agencies typically issue two types of ratings: claims-paying (or financial strength) ratings which assess an insurer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to policyholders and debt ratings which assess a company’s prospects for repaying its debts and assist lenders in setting interest rates and terms for a company’s short- and long-term borrowing needs. Agency ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and they may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the rating organization.  Each agency’s rating should be evaluated independently of any other agency’s rating.  The system and the number of rating categories can vary widely from rating agency to rating agency. Customers usually focus on claims-paying ratings, while creditors focus on debt ratings. Investors use both to evaluate a company’s overall financial strength. The ratings issued on the Company or its subsidiaries by any of these agencies are announced publicly and are available on the Company’s website and from the agencies.

The Company’s insurance operations could be negatively impacted by a downgrade in one or more of the Company’s financial strength ratings. If this were to occur, there could be a reduced demand for certain products in certain markets. Additionally, the Company’s ability to access the capital markets could be impacted and higher borrowing costs may be incurred.

Claims – Paying Ratings

The following table summarizes the current claims-paying (or financial strength) ratings of the Travelers Reinsurance Pool, Travelers C&S of America, Northland Pool, Travelers Personal single state companies, Travelers Europe, Discover Reinsurance Company, St. Paul Guarantee Insurance Company and St. Paul Travelers Insurance Company Limited by A.M. Best, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch as of July 26, 2007.  The table also presents S&P’s Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessment rating for St. Paul Travelers Syndicate Management – Syndicate 5000. The table presents the position of each rating in the applicable agency’s rating scale.

 

 

A.M. Best

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Fitch

Travelers Reinsurance Pool (a)(b)

 

A+ (2 nd  of 16)

 

Aa3 (4 th  of 21)

 

AA- (4 th  of 21)

 

AA (3 rd  of 24)

Travelers C&S of America

 

A+ (2 nd  of 16)

 

Aa3 (4 th  of 21)

 

AA- (4 th  of 21)

 

AA (3 rd  of 24)

Northland Pool (c)

 

A (3 rd  of 16)

 

 

 

First Floridian Auto and Home Ins. Co.

 

A- (4 th  of 16)

 

 

 

AA (3 rd  of 24)

First Trenton Indemnity Company

 

A (3 rd  of 16)

 

 

 

AA (3 rd  of 24)

The Premier Insurance Co. of MA

 

A (3 rd  of 16)

 

 

 

Travelers Europe

 

A+ (2 nd  of 16)

 

Aa3 (4 th  of 21)

 

AA- (4 th  of 21)

 

Discover Reinsurance Company

 

A- (4 th  of 16)

 

 

 

St. Paul Guarantee Insurance Company

 

A (3 rd  of 16)

 

 

 

St. Paul Travelers Insurance Company Limited

 

A (3 rd  of 16)

 

 

 

St. Paul Travelers Syndicate Management - Syndicate 5000

 

 

 

3- (9 of 15)

 

 

67




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued


(a)           The Travelers Reinsurance Pool consists of:  The Travelers Indemnity Company, The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company, The Phoenix Insurance Company, The Travelers Indemnity Company of Connecticut, The Travelers Indemnity Company of America, Travelers Property Casualty Company of America, Travelers Commercial Casualty Company, TravCo Insurance Company, The Travelers Home and Marine Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, The Standard Fire Insurance Company, The Automobile Insurance Company of Hartford, Connecticut, Travelers Casualty Insurance Company of America, Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Commercial Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty Company of Connecticut, Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company, Travelers Personal Security Insurance Company, Travelers Personal Insurance Company, Travelers Excess and Surplus Lines Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Surplus Lines Insurance Company, Athena Assurance Company, St. Paul Protective Insurance Company, St. Paul Medical Liability Insurance Company, Discover Property & Casualty Insurance Company, Discover Specialty Insurance Company, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company.

(b)          The following affiliated companies are 100% reinsured by one of the pool participants noted in (a) above: Atlantic Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Gulf Underwriters Insurance Company, Seaboard Surety Company, Select Insurance Company, St. Paul Fire and Casualty Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, The Travelers Lloyds Insurance Company and Travelers Lloyds of Texas Insurance Company.

(c)           The Northland Pool consists of: Northland Insurance Company, Northfield Insurance Company, Northland Casualty Company, American Equity Insurance Company and American Equity Specialty Insurance Company.

Debt Ratings

The following table summarizes the current debt, preferred stock and commercial paper ratings of the Company and its subsidiaries by A.M. Best, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch as of July 26, 2007.  The table also presents the position of each rating in the applicable agency’s rating scale.

 

A.M. Best

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Fitch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior debt

 

a- (7 th  of 22)

 

A3 (7 th  of 21)

 

A- (7 th  of 22)

 

A  (6 th  of 22)

Subordinated debt

 

bbb+ (8 th  of 22)

 

Baa (8 th  of 21)

 

BBB (9 th  of 22)

 

A- (7 th  of 22)

Junior subordinated debt

 

bbb (9 th  of 22)

 

Baa (8 th  of 21)

 

BBB- (10 th  of 22)

 

A- (7 th  of 22)

Trust preferred securities

 

bbb (9 th  of 22)

 

Baa (8 th  of 21)

 

BBB- (10 th  of 22)

 

A- (7 th  of 22)

Preferred stock

 

bbb (9 th  of 22)

 

Baa2 (9 th  of 21)

 

BBB- (10 th  of 22)

 

Commercial paper

 

AMB-1 (2 nd  of 6)

 

P-2 (2 nd  of 4)

 

A-2 (3 rd  of 8)

 

F-1 (2 nd  of 8)

 

Rating Agency Actions

The following rating agency actions were taken with respect to the Company from April 1, 2007 through July 26, 2007:

·                    On May 2, 2007, Moody’s affirmed all ratings for the Company and changed the outlook for all ratings to “positive” from “stable.”

·                    On May 21, 2007, Fitch upgraded its long-term issuer and senior debt ratings of the Company to “A” from “A-”, its junior subordinated debt ratings and trust preferred securities ratings both to “A-” from “BBB+”, and its commercial paper ratings to “F-1” from “F-2”.  Additionally, Fitch upgraded its insurer financial strength (IFS) rating on the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries to “AA” from “AA-”.  The ratings outlook is stable.

·                    On May 23, 2007, Fitch announced that it expected to assign a debt rating of “A” to the Company’s aggregate $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes due 2012, 2017 and 2037.  Subsequently, on May 25, 2007, Fitch assigned the “A” debt rating to these senior notes.  The outlook for the ratings is stable.

68




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

·                    On May 23, 2007, A.M. Best assigned a debt rating of “a-” to the Company’s aggregate $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes due 2012, 2017 and 2037.  The outlook for the ratings is stable.

·                    On May 23, 2007, Moody’s assigned a debt rating of “A3” to the Company’s aggregate $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes due 2012, 2017 and 2037.  The outlook for the ratings is positive.

·                    On May 23, 2007, S&P assigned a debt rating of “A-” to the Company’s aggregate $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes due 2012, 2017 and 2037.  The outlook for the ratings is stable.

·                    On June 18, 2007, A.M. Best affirmed all ratings of the Company.  The outlook is stable.

·                    On June 25, 2007, S&P assigned its interactive Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessment (LSA) of “3-” to The St. Paul Travelers Syndicate Management – Syndicate 5000.  The outlook is stable.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Company considers its most significant accounting estimates to be those applied to claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and related reinsurance recoverables, investment impairments and goodwill impairments.

Claims and Claim Adjustment Expense Reserves

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves (loss reserves) represent management’s estimate of ultimate unpaid costs of losses and loss adjustment expenses for claims that have been reported and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. Loss reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but instead represent management estimates, generally utilizing actuarial expertise and projection techniques, at a given accounting date. These loss reserve estimates are expectations of what the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost upon final resolution in the future, based on the Company’s assessment of facts and circumstances then known, review of historical settlement patterns, estimates of trends in claims severity and frequency, expected interpretations of legal theories of liability and other factors. In establishing reserves, the Company also takes into account estimated recoveries, reinsurance, salvage and subrogation. The reserves are reviewed regularly by a qualified actuary employed by the Company.

The process of estimating loss reserves involves a high degree of judgment and is subject to a number of variables. These variables can be affected by both internal and external events, such as changes in claims handling procedures, changes in individuals involved in the reserve estimation process, economic inflation, legal trends and legislative changes, among others. The impact of many of these items on ultimate costs for loss and loss adjustment expenses is difficult to estimate. Loss reserve estimation difficulties also differ significantly by product line due to differences in claim complexity, the volume of claims, the potential severity of individual claims, the determination of occurrence date for a claim and reporting lags (the time between the occurrence of the policyholder event and when it is actually reported to the insurer). Informed judgment is applied throughout the process. The Company continually refines its loss reserve estimates in a regular ongoing process as historical loss experience develops and additional claims are reported and settled. The Company rigorously attempts to consider all significant facts and circumstances known at the time loss reserves are established. Due to the inherent uncertainty underlying loss reserve estimates including but not limited to the future settlement environment, final resolution of the estimated liability will be different from that anticipated at the reporting date. Therefore, actual paid losses in the future may yield a materially different amount than currently reserved—favorable or unfavorable.

Because establishment of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates, currently established reserves may change. The Company reflects adjustments to reserves in the results of operations in the period the estimates are changed.

69




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

There are also risks which impact the estimation of ultimate costs for catastrophes.  For example, the estimation of reserves related to hurricanes can be affected by the inability by the Company and its insureds to access portions of the impacted areas, the complexity of factors contributing to the losses, the legal and regulatory uncertainties and the nature of the information available to establish the reserves.  Complex factors include, but are not limited to, determining whether damage was caused by flooding versus wind; evaluating general liability and pollution exposures; estimating additional living expenses; and estimating the impact of demand surge, infrastructure disruption, fraud, the effect of mold damage and business interruption costs and reinsurance collectibility.  The timing of a catastrophe’s occurrence, such as at or near the end of a reporting period, can also affect the information available to us in estimating reserves for that reporting period.  The estimates related to catastrophes are adjusted as actual claims emerge.

A portion of the Company’s loss reserves are for asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation, which totaled $4.40 billion at June 30, 2007. While the ongoing study of asbestos claims and associated liabilities and of environmental claims considers the inconsistencies of court decisions as to coverage, plaintiffs’ expanded theories of liability and the risks inherent in complex litigation and other uncertainties, in the opinion of the Company’s management, it is possible that the outcome of the continued uncertainties regarding these claims could result in liability in future periods that differs from current reserves by an amount that could be material to the Company’s future operating results. See the preceding discussion of “Asbestos Claims and Litigation” and “Environmental Claims and Litigation.”

Gross claims and claim adjustment expense reserves by product line were as follows:

 

 

June 30, 2007

 

December 31, 2006

 

(in millions)

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

General liability

 

$

7,439

 

$

12,579

 

$

20,018

 

$

7,555

 

$

12,414

 

$

19,969

 

Property

 

1,191

 

970

 

2,161

 

1,612

 

978

 

2,590

 

Commercial multi-peril

 

1,906

 

2,548

 

4,454

 

1,940

 

2,693

 

4,633

 

Commercial automobile

 

2,536

 

1,701

 

4,237

 

2,573

 

1,801

 

4,374

 

Workers’ compensation

 

9,240

 

6,393

 

15,633

 

9,142

 

6,337

 

15,479

 

Fidelity and surety

 

875

 

953

 

1,828

 

1,035

 

838

 

1,873

 

Personal automobile

 

1,436

 

1,038

 

2,474

 

1,505

 

1,092

 

2,597

 

Homeowners and personal—other

 

538

 

716

 

1,254

 

481

 

706

 

1,187

 

International and other

 

3,127

 

3,235

 

6,362

 

3,296

 

3,204

 

6,500

 

Property-casualty

 

28,288

 

30,133

 

58,421

 

29,139

 

30,063

 

59,202

 

Accident and health

 

73

 

10

 

83

 

76

 

10

 

86

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

28,361

 

$

30,143

 

$

58,504

 

$

29,215

 

$

30,073

 

$

59,288

 

 

The $784 million decline in gross claims and claim adjustment expense reserves since December 31, 2006 reflected payments related to operations in runoff (including asbestos and environmental payments), prior year hurricane losses, and net favorable prior year reserve development.

Asbestos and environmental reserves are included in the General liability, Commercial multi-peril lines and International and other lines in the summary table. Asbestos and environmental reserves are discussed separately; see “Asbestos Claims and Litigation,” “Environmental Claims and Litigation” and “Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

General Discussion

The process for estimating the liabilities for claims and claim expenses begins with the collection and analysis of claim data. Data on individual reported claims, both current and historical, including paid amounts and individual claim adjuster estimates, are grouped by common characteristics (“components”) and evaluated by actuaries in their analyses of ultimate claim liabilities by product line. Such data is occasionally supplemented with external data as available and when appropriate. The process of analyzing reserves for a component is undertaken on a regular basis, generally quarterly, in light of continually updated information.

70




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Multiple estimation methods are available for the analysis of ultimate claim liabilities. Each estimation method has its own set of assumption variables and its own advantages and disadvantages, with no single estimation method being better than the others in all situations and no one set of assumption variables being meaningful for all product line components. The relative strengths and weaknesses of the particular estimation methods when applied to a particular group of claims can also change over time. Therefore, the actual choice of estimation method(s) can change with each evaluation. The estimation method(s) chosen are those that are believed to produce the most reliable indication at that particular evaluation date for the claim liabilities being evaluated.

In most cases, multiple estimation methods will be valid for the particular facts and circumstances of the claim liabilities being evaluated. This will result in a range of reasonable estimates for any particular claim liability. The Company uses such range analyses to back test whether previously established estimates for reserves at the reporting segments are reasonable, given subsequent information. Reported values found to be closer to the endpoints of a range of reasonable estimates are subject to further detailed reviews. These reviews may substantiate the validity of management’s recorded estimate or lead to a change in the reported estimate.

The exact boundary points of these ranges are more qualitative than quantitative in nature, as no clear line of demarcation exists to determine when the set of underlying assumptions for an estimation method switches from being reasonable to unreasonable. As a result, the Company does not believe that the endpoints of these ranges are or would be comparable across companies. In addition, potential interactions among the different estimation assumptions for different product lines make the aggregation of individual ranges a highly judgmental and inexact process.

Property casualty insurance policies are either written on a claims made or on an occurrence basis. Policies written on a claims made basis require that claims be reported during the policy period. Policies that are written on an occurrence basis require that the insured demonstrate that a loss occurred in the policy period, even if the insured reports the loss many years later.

Most general liability policies are written on an occurrence basis. These policies are subject to substantial loss development over time as facts and circumstances change in the years following the policy issuance. The use of the occurrence form accounts for much of the reserve development in asbestos and environmental exposures, and it is also used to provide coverage for construction general liability, including construction defect. Occurrence-based forms of insurance for general liability exposures require substantial projection of various trends, including future inflation and judicial interpretations and societal litigation dynamics, among others.

A basic premise in most actuarial analyses is that past patterns demonstrated in the data will repeat themselves in the future, absent a material change in the associated risk factors discussed below. To the extent a material change affecting the ultimate claim liability is known, such change is quantified to the extent possible through an analysis of internal company and, if available and when appropriate, external data. Such a measurement is specific to the facts and circumstances of the particular claim portfolio and the known change being evaluated.  Significant structural changes to the available data, product mix or organization can materially impact the reserve estimation process.

Informed management judgment is applied throughout the reserving process. This includes the application, on a consistent basis over time, of various individual experiences and expertise to multiple sets of data and analyses. In addition to actuaries, experts involved with the reserving process also include underwriting and claims personnel and lawyers, as well as other company management. Therefore, management may have to consider varying individual viewpoints as part of its estimation of loss reserves. It is also likely that during periods of significant change, such as a merger, consistent application of informed judgment becomes even more complicated and difficult.

The variables discussed above in this general discussion have different impacts on reserve estimation uncertainty for a given product line, depending on the length of the claim tail, the reporting lag, the impact of individual claims and the complexity of the claim process for a given product line.

Product lines are generally classifiable as either long tail or short tail, based on the average length of time between the event triggering claims under a policy and the final resolution of those claims. Short tail claims are reported and settled quickly, resulting in less estimation variability. The longer the time before final claim resolution, the greater the exposure to estimation risks and hence the greater the estimation uncertainty.

71




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

A major component of the claim tail is the reporting lag. The reporting lag, which is the time between the event triggering a claim and the reporting of the claim to the insurer, makes estimating IBNR inherently more uncertain. In addition, the greater the reporting lag, the greater the proportion of IBNR claims to the total claim liability for the product line. Writing new products with material reporting lags can result in adding several years worth of IBNR claim exposure before the reporting lag exposure becomes clearly observable, thereby increasing the risk associated with pricing and reserving such products. The most extreme example of claim liabilities with long reporting lags are asbestos claims.

For some lines, the impact of large individual claims can be material to the analysis. These lines are generally referred to as being “low frequency/high severity,” while lines without this “large claim” sensitivity are referred to as “high frequency/low severity”. Estimates of claim liabilities for low frequency/high severity lines can be sensitive to the impact of a small number of potentially large claims.  As a result, the role of judgment is much greater for these reserve estimates. In contrast, high frequency/low severity lines tend to have much greater spread of estimation risk, such that the impact of individual claims are relatively minor and the range of reasonable reserve estimates is narrower and more stable.

Claim complexity can also greatly affect the estimation process by impacting the number of assumptions needed to produce the estimate, the potential stability of the underlying data and claim process and the ability to gain an understanding of the data. Product lines with greater claim complexity, such as for certain surety and construction exposures, have inherently greater estimation uncertainty.

Actuaries have to exercise a considerable degree of judgment in the evaluation of all these factors in their analysis of reserves. The human element in the application of actuarial judgment is unavoidable when faced with material uncertainty. Different actuaries may choose different assumptions when faced with such uncertainty, based on their individual backgrounds, professional experiences and areas of focus. Hence, the estimate selected by the various actuaries may differ materially from each other.

Lastly, significant structural changes to the available data, product mix or organization can also materially impact the reserve estimation process. The merger of TPC and SPC in 2004 resulted in the exposure of each other’s actuaries and claim departments to different products, data histories, analysis methodologies, claim settlement experts, and more robust data when viewed on a combined basis. This impacted the range of estimates produced by the Company’s actuaries, as they reacted to new data, approaches, and sources of expertise to draw upon. It also resulted in additional levels of uncertainty, as past trends (that were a function of past products, past claim handling procedures, past claim departments, and past legal and other experts) may not repeat themselves, as those items affecting the trends change or evolve due to the merger. This also increased the potential for material variation in estimates, as experts can have differing views as to the impact of these frequently evolutionary changes. Events such as mergers increase the inherent uncertainty of reserve estimates for a period of time, until stable trends reestablish themselves within the new organization.

Risk Factors

The major causes of material uncertainty (“risk factors”) generally will vary for each product line, as well as for each separately analyzed component of the product line.  In a few cases, such risk factors are explicit assumptions of the estimation method and in most cases, they are implicit. For example, a method may explicitly assume that a certain percentage of claims will close each year, but will implicitly assume that the legal interpretation of existing contract language will remain unchanged. Actual results will likely vary from expectations for each of these assumptions, resulting in an ultimate claim liability that is different from that being estimated currently.

Some risk factors will affect more than one product line. Examples include changes in claim department practices, changes in settlement patterns, regulatory and legislative actions, court actions, timeliness of claim reporting, state mix of claimants and degree of claimant fraud. The extent of the impact of a risk factor will also vary by components within a product line. Individual risk factors are also subject to interactions with other risk factors within product line components.

The effect of a particular risk factor on estimates of claim liabilities cannot be isolated in most cases. For example, estimates of potential claim settlements may be impacted by the risk associated with potential court rulings, but the final settlement agreement typically does not delineate how much of the settled amount is due to this and other factors.

72




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

The evaluation of data is also subject to distortion from extreme events or structural shifts, sometimes in unanticipated ways. For example, the timing of claims payments in one geographic region will be impacted if claim adjusters are temporarily reassigned from that region to help settle catastrophe claims in another region.

While some changes in the claim environment are sudden in nature (such as a new court ruling affecting the interpretation of all contracts in that jurisdiction), others are more evolutionary. Evolutionary changes can occur when multiple factors affect final claim values, with the uncertainty surrounding each factor being resolved separately, in stepwise fashion. The final impact is not known until all steps have occurred.

Sudden changes generally cause a one-time shift in claim liability estimates, although there may be some lag in reliable quantification of their impact. Evolutionary changes generally cause a series of shifts in claim liability estimates, as each component of the evolutionary change becomes evident and estimable.

Actuarial methods for analyzing and estimating claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

The principal estimation and analysis methods utilized by the Company’s actuaries are the paid development method, the case incurred development method, the Bornhuetter-Ferguson (BF) method, and average value analysis combined with the reported claim development method.  The BF method is usually utilized for more recent accident periods, with a transition to other methods as the underlying claim data becomes more voluminous and therefore more credible.  These are typically referred to as traditional actuarial methods.  (See Glossary in the Company’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for an explanation of these methods.)

While these are the principal methods utilized throughout the Company, those evaluating a particular component for a product line have available to them the full range of methods developed within the casualty actuarial profession.  The Company’s actuaries are also continually monitoring developments within the profession for advances in existing techniques or the creation of new techniques that might improve current and future estimates.

Some components of product line reserves are susceptible to relatively infrequent large claims that can materially impact the total estimate for that component.  In such cases, the Company’s actuarial analysis generally isolates and analyzes separately such large claims.  The reserves excluding such large claims are generally analyzed using the traditional methods described above.  The reserves associated with large claims are then analyzed utilizing various methods, such as:

·                   Estimating the number of large claims and their average values based on historical trends from prior accident periods, adjusted for the current environment and supplemented with actual data for the accident year analyzed to the extent available.

·                   Utilizing individual claim adjuster estimates of the large claims, combined with continual monitoring of the aggregate accuracy of such claim adjuster estimates.  (This monitoring may lead to supplemental adjustments to the aggregate of such claim estimates.)

·                   Utilizing historic longer-term average ratios of large claims to small claims, and applying such ratios to the estimated ultimate small claims from traditional analysis.

·                   Ground-up analysis of the underlying exposure (typically used for asbestos and environmental).

The results of such methodologies are subjected to various reasonability and diagnostic tests, including paid-to-incurred loss ratios, implied incurred-loss-to-earned-premium ratios and non-zero claim severity trends.  An actual versus expected analysis is also performed comparing actual loss development to expected development based on the prior review.  Additional analysis may be performed based on the results of these diagnostics, including the investigation of other actuarial methods.

The above is generally utilized to evaluate management’s existing estimate for prior accident periods.  For the initial estimate of the current accident year, the available claim data is typically insufficient to produce a reliable indication.  Hence, the initial estimate for an accident year is generally based on a loss ratio projection method, which uses the earned premium for the current year multiplied by a projected loss ratio.  The projected loss ratio is determined through analysis of prior experience periods using loss trend, rate level differences, mix of business changes and other known or observed factors influencing the current accident year relative to prior accident years.  The exact number of prior accident years utilized varies by product line component, based on the volume of business for that component and the reliability of an individual accident year estimate.

73




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Management’s Estimates

At least once per quarter, certain Company management meets with its actuaries to review the latest claims and claim adjustment expense reserve analyses. Based on these analyses, management determines whether its ultimate claim liability estimates should be changed. In doing so, it must evaluate whether the new data provided represents credible actionable information or an anomaly that will have no effect on estimated ultimate claim liability. For example, as described above, payments may have decreased in one geographic region due to fewer claim adjusters being available to process claims. The resulting claim payment patterns would be analyzed to determine whether or not the change in payment pattern represents a change in ultimate claim liability.

Such an assessment requires considerable judgment. It is frequently not possible to determine whether a change in the data is an anomaly until sometime after the event. Even if a change is determined to be permanent, it is not always possible to reliably determine the extent of the change until sometime later. The overall detailed analyses supporting such an effort can take several months to perform. This is due to the need to evaluate the underlying cause of the trends observed, and may include the gathering or assembling of data not previously available. It may also include interviews with experts involved with the underlying processes. As a result, there can be a time lag between the emergence of a change and a determination that the change should be reflected in the Company’s estimated claim liabilities. The final estimate selected by management in a reporting period is based on these various detailed analyses of past data, adjusted to reflect any new actionable information.

Reinsurance Recoverables

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable assets:

(in millions)

 

June 30,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

Gross reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

$

11,662

 

$

12,837

 

Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance

 

(736

)

(773

)

Net reinsurance recoverables

 

10,926

 

12,064

 

Structured settlements

 

3,707

 

3,758

 

Mandatory pools and associations

 

2,101

 

1,998

 

Total reinsurance recoverables

 

$

16,734

 

$

17,820

 

 

The Company reports its reinsurance recoverables net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables. The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing, disputes, applicable coverage defenses and other relevant factors. Accordingly, the establishment of reinsurance recoverables and the related allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables is also an inherently uncertain process involving estimates.  From time to time, the Company considers the commutation of reinsurance contracts.  Changes in estimated reinsurance recoverables and commutation activity could result in additional income statement charges.

Investment Impairments

The Company recognizes an impairment loss when an invested asset’s value declines below cost, adjusted for accretion, amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments (new cost basis), and the change is deemed to be other-than-temporary, or if it is determined that the Company will not be able to recover all amounts due pursuant to the issuers’ contractual obligations prior to sale or maturity.  When the Company determines that an invested asset is other-than-temporarily impaired, the invested asset is written down to fair value, and the amount of the impairment is included in earnings as a realized investment loss.  The fair value then becomes the new cost basis of the investment, and any subsequent recoveries in fair value are recognized at disposition.

The Company recognizes a realized loss when impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell an invested asset has not been made.  When the Company has decided to sell a temporarily impaired available-for-sale invested asset and the Company does not expect the fair value of the invested asset to fully recover prior to the expected time of sale, the invested asset is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made.

74




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Factors considered in determining whether a decline is other-than-temporary include the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.

The Company’s process for reviewing invested assets for impairments during any quarter includes the following:

·                   Identification and evaluation of investments that have possible indications of other-than-temporary impairment, which includes an analysis of investments with gross unrealized investment losses that have fair values less than 80% of cost for six consecutive months or more;

·                   Review of portfolio manager(s) recommendations for other-than-temporary impairments based on the investee’s current financial condition, liquidity, near-term recovery prospects and other factors;

·                   Consideration of evidential matter, including an evaluation of factors or triggers that may cause individual investments to qualify as having other-than-temporary impairments; and

·                   Determination of the status of each analyzed investment as other-than-temporary or not, with documentation of the rationale for the decision.

Sales of Temporarily Impaired Invested Assets

The Company may, from time to time, sell invested assets subsequent to the balance sheet date that were considered temporarily impaired at the balance sheet date for several reasons.  For all subsequent sales of invested assets that were considered temporarily impaired at the balance sheet date, the Company contemporaneously documents its rationale for its change in intent or ability to hold to recovery.   The rationale for the change in the Company’s ability and intent generally focuses on changes in the economic facts and circumstances related to the invested asset subsequent to the balance sheet date, significant unforeseen changes in the Company’s liquidity needs, or changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment.

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

An investment in a fixed maturity or equity security which is available for sale is impaired if its fair value falls below its cost or new cost basis, and the decline is considered to be other-than-temporary. A fixed maturity security is other-than-temporarily impaired if it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due under the security’s contractual terms or where the Company does not have the intent to hold the security. Equity securities are other-than-temporarily impaired when it becomes apparent that the Company will not recover its cost over the expected holding period.

Further, for securities expected to be sold, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized if the Company does not expect the fair value of a security to recover prior to the expected date of sale.  Additionally, for certain securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows (including asset-backed securities), the Company periodically updates its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. If management determines that the fair value of a securitized financial asset is less than its carrying amount and there has been a decrease in the present value of the estimated cash flows since the last revised estimate, considering both timing and amount, then an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized.

Real Estate Investments

The carrying value of a real estate property is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The review for impairment includes an estimate of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the real estate property. An impairment loss is recognized if the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the real estate property.  The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

75




THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, Continued

Other Investments

Mortgage Loans

A mortgage loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect principal and interest amounts due. For mortgage loans that are determined to be impaired, a reserve is established for the difference between the amortized cost and fair market value of the underlying collateral. In estimating fair value, the Company uses interest rates reflecting the current real estate financing market returns. Impaired loans were not material at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

Venture Capital Investments and Non-Publicly Traded Investments

Venture capital investments and non-publicly traded investments are reviewed quarterly for other-than-temporary impairment by the external fund manager and the Company’s portfolio managers.  An impairment loss is recognized if, based on the specific facts and circumstances, it is probable that the Company will not be able to recover all of the cost of an individual holding.

Goodwill Impairments

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (FAS 142), provides guidance on accounting for goodwill subsequent to acquisition.  Accordingly, the Company performs a review on at least an annual basis, of goodwill held by its reporting units, which are the Company’s three operating and reportable segments: Business Insurance; Financial, Professional & International Insurance; and Personal Insurance.

The impairment test, in accordance with FAS 142, is a two-step process.  The first step is to identify any potential impairment using a multiple-of-earnings approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The fair values of the reporting units are then compared to their carrying value, including goodwill.  If the carrying amounts of the reporting units exceed their fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The Company’s review resulted in no impairment of goodwill for the periods ended June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

OTHER MATTERS

Unresolved Staff Comments

On July 23, 2004, the Company announced that it was seeking guidance from the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC with respect to the appropriate purchase accounting treatment for certain second quarter 2004 adjustments totaling $1.63 billion ($1.07 billion after-tax). The Company recorded these adjustments as charges in its consolidated statement of income in the second quarter of 2004. Through an informal comment process, the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance has subsequently asked for further information, which the Company has provided. Specifically, the staff has asked for information concerning the Company’s adjustments to certain of SPC’s insurance reserves and reserves for reinsurance recoverables and premiums due from policyholders, and how those adjustments may relate to SPC’s reserves for periods prior to the merger of SPC and TPC. After reviewing the staff’s questions and comments and discussions with the Company’s independent auditors, the Company continues to believe that its accounting treatment for these adjustments is appropriate. If, however, the staff disagrees, some or all of the adjustments being discussed may not be recorded as charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of income, thereby increasing net income for the second quarter and full year 2004 and increasing shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, in each case by the approximate after-tax amount of the change. The effect on tangible shareholders’ equity (adjusted for the effects of deferred taxes associated with goodwill and intangible assets) at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 would not be material.  Increases to goodwill and deferred tax liabilities would be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as of April 1, 2004, either due to purchase accounting or adjustment of SPC’s reserves prior to the merger of SPC and TPC.

On May 3, 2006, the Company received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the Division) advising the Company that it is conducting an inquiry relating to the second quarter 2004 adjustments and the April 1, 2004 merger between SPC and TPC.  The Company is cooperating with the Division’s requests for information.

76




FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

OUTLOOK

The Company expects property casualty market conditions to continue to be competitive throughout the remainder of 2007.  The Company has experienced increased competition for new business and expects that trend to continue through 2007.  Relative to 2006, within the Business Insurance and the Financial, Professional & International Insurance segments, the Company expects renewal price changes to be subject to modest declines.  Also relative to 2006, within the Personal Insurance segment, the Company expects renewal price changes in the automobile and homeowners markets to remain relatively stable.

Over the past several quarters, the Company has recorded net favorable prior year reserve development, primarily driven by better than expected loss experience in the Business Insurance and Personal Insurance segments for prior loss years.  If better than expected loss experience continues, the Company may record additional net favorable prior year reserve development.  In that case, the Company may also concurrently revise favorably its current year loss estimates.  However, better than expected loss experience may not continue or may reverse, and the Company may record no prior year reserve development or net unfavorable prior year reserve development in future periods.  Accordingly, the Company is not able to predict any future prior year reserve development, favorable or unfavorable.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Critical Accounting Estimates — Claims and Claim Adjustment Expense Reserves.”

The Company believes that the increased severity and frequency of storms experienced in 2005 and 2004, although not evident in 2006 or in the first half of 2007, may be a trend that continues in the foreseeable future. Given the potential increase in severity and frequency of storms, the Company continues to reassess its definition of and exposure to coastal risks, as well as the impact on its reinsurance program.  Accordingly, the Company continues to review the pricing, exposures, return thresholds and terms and conditions it offers in coastal areas.  In part as a result of the severity and frequency of storms in 2005 and 2004, the Company’s cost of reinsurance increased and the amount of reinsurance coverage purchased was reduced in 2006. In 2007, the Company experienced some decline in the cost of reinsurance; however, such costs were still at rates greater than 2005 and 2004 levels.  In 2007, the Company also experienced some increase in reinsurance coverage availability, although at levels less than in 2005 and 2004.  The cost of reinsurance may continue to be at rates greater than recent years’ levels and the availability may continue to be at lower levels than recent years.  Additionally, the cost of reinsurance may increase and availability may decline based on, among other factors, actual severity and frequency of storms.  To the extent that the Company is not able to reflect the potentially increased costs of increased severity and frequency of storms or reinsurance in its pricing, the Company’s results of operations may be adversely impacted.  In particular, in the Personal Insurance segment (and, to a lesser extent, in the Business Insurance segment’s Select Accounts market), the Company expects a delay in its ability to increase pricing to offset these potentially increased costs since the Company cannot increase rates to the extent necessary without the approval of the regulatory authorities of certain states.  Also, particularly in light of the frequency and severity of storms in recent years, rating agencies have increased their capital requirements for the Company.

As a result of the redemption of the Company’s $893 million, 4.50% junior subordinated convertible notes due in 2032 on April 18, 2007, the Company’s diluted shares outstanding were reduced by approximately 16 million shares on that date. The increase to diluted earnings per share is estimated to be $0.01 per share for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $0.07 per share for each year thereafter.

77




FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains, and management may make, certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements, other than statements of historical facts, may be forward-looking statements.  Specifically, earnings guidance and statements about the Company’s share repurchase plans are forward looking, and the Company may make forward-looking statements about its results of operations (including, among others, premium volume, income from continuing operations, net and operating income, investment income, return on equity and combined ratio), financial condition (including, among others, invested assets and liquidity); and the sufficiency of asbestos and other reserves (including, among others, asbestos claim payment patterns); the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage; catastrophe losses; and strategic initiatives.  Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond the Company’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements.

Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following: catastrophe losses could materially reduce the Company’s profitability and adversely impact its ratings, its ability to raise capital and the availability and cost of reinsurance; if actual claims exceed the Company’s loss reserves, or if changes in the estimated level of loss reserves are necessary, the Company’s financial results could be significantly and adversely affected; the Company’s business could be harmed because of its potential exposure to asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation; the Company is exposed to, and may face adverse developments involving, mass tort claims such as those relating to exposure to potentially harmful products or substances; the effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on the Company’s business are uncertain; reinsurance may be unavailable on acceptable terms and the Company may be unable to collect reinsurance; the insurance industry is the subject of a number of investigations by state and federal authorities in the United States, and the Company cannot predict the outcome of these investigations or their impact on its business or financial results; the Company’s businesses are heavily regulated and changes in regulation may reduce the Company’s profitability and limit its growth; a downgrade in the Company’s claims-paying and financial strength ratings could significantly reduce its business volumes, adversely impact its ability to access the capital markets and increase its borrowing costs; the Company’s investment portfolio may suffer reduced returns or losses which could reduce its profitability; the intense competition that the Company faces could harm its ability to maintain or increase its profitability and premium volume; the inability of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company in sufficient amounts would harm its ability to meet its obligations and to pay future dividends; assessments and other surcharges for guaranty funds, second-injury funds, catastrophe funds and other mandatory pooling arrangements may reduce the Company’s profitability; loss or significant restriction of the use of credit scoring in the pricing and underwriting of Personal Insurance products could reduce the Company’s future profitability; disruptions to the Company’s relationships with its distributors, independent agents and brokers could adversely affect the Company and if the Company experiences difficulties with outsourcing relationships, technology and/or data security, its ability to conduct its business might be negatively impacted.

The Company’s forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements.  For a more detailed discussion of these factors, see the information under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

There were no material changes in the Company’s market risk components since December 31, 2006.

78




Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.  Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.  In the second quarter of 2007, the Company implemented certain changes to its investment accounting system for fixed maturity investments to enhance systems functionality.  These changes primarily included a conversion to a new underlying database and user interface upgrades.  Management has reviewed and tested the internal controls affecting this conversion and upgrade as part of its overall evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting.  The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2007.  Based upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures provided reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to accomplish their objectives.

In addition, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

This section describes the major pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the Company’s property is subject.

Asbestos- and Environmental-Related Proceedings

In the ordinary course of its insurance business, the Company receives claims for insurance arising under policies issued by the Company asserting alleged injuries and damages from asbestos, hazardous waste and other toxic substances that are the subject of related coverage litigation, including, among others, the litigation described below.  The Company continues to be subject to aggressive asbestos-related litigation.  The conditions surrounding the final resolution of these claims and the related litigation continue to change.  The Company is defending its asbestos- and environmental-related litigation vigorously and believes that it has meritorious defenses; however, the outcomes of these disputes are uncertain.  In this regard, the Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive resolution strategies to manage asbestos and environmental loss exposure, including settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.  For a discussion of other information regarding the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposure, see “Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Asbestos Claims and Litigation”, “— Environmental Claims and Litigation” and “— Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is involved in three significant proceedings (including a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to ACandS, Inc. (ACandS), formerly a national distributor and installer of products containing asbestos.  The proceedings involve disputes as to whether and to what extent any of ACandS’ potential liabilities for current or future bodily injury asbestos claims are covered by insurance policies issued by TPC.  On July 6, 2007, the Company announced that it entered into a settlement to resolve fully all current and future asbestos-related coverage claims relating to ACandS, including the three proceedings described below.  Under the settlement agreement, the Company will contribute $449 million to a trust to be established pursuant to ACandS’ plan of reorganization.  In exchange, the Company will be released from any obligations it has to ACandS for asbestos-related claims and will be protected from any such claims by injunctions to be issued in the Company’s favor by the federal court overseeing ACandS’ bankruptcy case.  The settlement is subject to a number of contingencies, including final court approval of both the settlement and a plan of reorganization for ACandS, and the issuance of the injunctions described above.  A hearing on the motion to approve the settlement is scheduled for August 28, 2007.  The Company expects to seek to recover approximately $84 million of the $449 million from reinsurers.

79




ACandS filed for bankruptcy in September 2002 ( In re: ACandS, Inc., pending in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware).  In its proposed plan of reorganization, ACandS sought to establish a trust to pay asbestos bodily injury claims against it and sought to assign to the trust its rights under the insurance policies issued by TPC.  The proposed plan and disclosure statement filed by ACandS claimed that ACandS had settled the vast majority of asbestos-related bodily injury claims currently pending against it for approximately $2.80 billion.  ACandS asserted that, based on a prior agreement between TPC and ACandS and ACandS’ interpretation of the July 31, 2003 arbitration panel ruling described below, TPC was liable for 45% of the $2.80 billion.  On January 26, 2004, the bankruptcy court issued a decision rejecting confirmation of ACandS’ proposed plan of reorganization.  The bankruptcy court found, consistent with TPC’s objections to ACandS’ proposed plan, that the proposed plan was not fundamentally fair, was not proposed in good faith and did not comply with Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  ACandS filed a notice of appeal of the bankruptcy court’s decision and filed objections to the bankruptcy court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law in the United States District Court.  TPC moved to dismiss the appeal and objections and also filed an opposition to ACandS’ objections.

An arbitration was commenced in January 2001 to determine whether and to what extent ACandS’ financial obligations for bodily injury asbestos claims are subject to insurance policy aggregate limits.  On July 31, 2003, the arbitration panel ruled in favor of TPC that asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to the aggregate limits of the policies issued to ACandS, which have been exhausted.  In October 2003, ACandS commenced a lawsuit seeking to vacate the arbitration award as beyond the panel’s scope of authority ( ACandS, Inc. v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D.Ct. E.D. Pa.).  On September 16, 2004, the district court entered an order denying ACandS’ motion to vacate the arbitration award.   On January 19, 2006, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit reversed the district court’s decision and declared the arbitration award void on procedural grounds.  On May 22, 2006, the United States Supreme Court denied TPC’s petition for a writ of certiorari seeking review of the Third Circuit’s decision.  As a result, the matter was remanded to the district court and TPC asked the district court to remand the arbitration to the panel that initially ruled in favor of TPC for further proceedings consistent with the Third Circuit’s decision.  ACandS opposed that request.

In the third proceeding, a related case pending before the same court and commenced in September 2000 ( ACandS v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co. , U.S.D.Ct., E.D. Pa.), ACandS sought a declaration of the extent to which the asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to occurrence limits under insurance policies issued by TPC.  TPC filed a motion to dismiss this action based upon the July 31, 2003 arbitration decision described above.  The district court found the dispute was moot as a result of the arbitration panel’s decision and dismissed the case.  As a result of the January 19, 2006 ruling by the Third Circuit and the Supreme Court’s denial of certiorari, described in the paragraph above, this case was reinstated.

The settlement agreement described above provides that, upon approval of the settlement by the bankruptcy court, ACandS and the Company shall seek to stay the claims against each other in the proceedings described above.  Once all of the contingencies of the settlement are satisfied, these proceedings will be dismissed with prejudice.

In October 2001 and April 2002, two purported class action suits ( Wise v. Travelers and Meninger v. Travelers ) were filed against TPC and other insurers (not including SPC) in state court in West Virginia.  These cases were subsequently consolidated into a single proceeding in the Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia.  Plaintiffs allege that the insurer defendants engaged in unfair trade practices by inappropriately handling and settling asbestos claims.  The plaintiffs seek to reopen large numbers of settled asbestos claims and to impose liability for damages, including punitive damages, directly on insurers.  Lawsuits similar to Wise were filed in Massachusetts and Hawaii (these suits are collectively referred to as the Statutory and Hawaii Actions).  Also, in No vember 2001, plaintiffs in consolidated asbestos actions pending before a mass tort panel of judges in West Virginia state court moved to amend their complaint to name TPC as a defendant, alleging that TPC and other insurers breached alleged duties to certain users of asbestos products.  In March 2002, the court granted the motion to amend.  Plaintiffs seek damages, including punitive damages.  Lawsuits seeking similar relief and raising allegations similar to those presented in the West Virginia amended complaint are also pending in Texas state court against TPC and SPC, and in Louisiana state court against TPC (the claims asserted in these suits, together with the West Virginia suit, are collectively referred to as the Common Law Claims). Lawsuits seeking similar relief in Ohio have been dismissed.

80




All of the actions against TPC described in the preceding paragraph, other than the Hawaii Actions, had been subject to a temporary restraining order entered by the federal bankruptcy court in New York that had previously presided over and approved the reorganization in bankruptcy of TPC’s former policyholder Johns-Manville Corporation and affiliated entities.  In August 2002, the bankruptcy court held a hearing on TPC’s motion for a preliminary injunction prohibiting further prosecution of the lawsuits pursuant to the reorganization plan and related orders.  At the conclusion of this hearing, the court ordered the parties to mediation, appointed a mediator and continued the temporary restraining order.  During 2003, the same bankruptcy court extended the existing injunction to apply to an additional set of cases filed in various state courts in Texas and Ohio as well as to the attorneys who are prosecuting these cases.  The order also enjoined these attorneys and their respective law firms from commencing any further lawsuits against TPC based upon these allegations without the prior approval of the court.  Notwithstanding the injunction, additional Common Law Claims were filed and served on TPC.

On November 19, 2003, the parties advised the bankruptcy court that a settlement of the Statutory and Hawaii Actions had been reached.  This settlement includes a lump-sum payment of up to $412 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  After continued meetings with the mediator, the parties advised the bankruptcy court on May 25, 2004 that a settlement resolving substantially all pending and similar future Common Law Claims against TPC had also been reached.  This settlement requires a payment of up to $90 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  Each of these settlements is contingent upon, among other things, an order of the bankruptcy court clarifying that all of these claims, and similar future asbestos-related claims against TPC, are barred by prior orders entered by the bankruptcy court in connection with the original Johns-Manville bankruptcy proceedings.

On August 17, 2004, the bankruptcy court entered an order approving the settlements and clarifying its prior orders that all of the pending Statutory and Hawaii Actions and substantially all Common Law Claims pending against TPC are barred.  The order also applies to similar direct action claims that may be filed in the future.

Four appeals were taken from the August 17, 2004 ruling. On March 29, 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York substantially affirmed the bankruptcy court’s orders while vacating that portion of the bankruptcy court’s orders that required all future direct actions against TPC to first be approved by the bankruptcy court before proceeding in state or federal court.  Judgment was entered on March 31, 2006.

Five appeals from the March 29, 2006 ruling were filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and TPC filed a cross-appeal.  Two appellants voluntarily dismissed their appeals and a motion to dismiss the cross-appeal was filed.  Additionally, TPC appealed from a procedural order of the district court relating to the timeliness of the cross-appeal.  On January 17, 2007, the Second Circuit dismissed TPC’s cross-appeal and denied TPC’s appeal from the procedural order.  The three remaining principal appeals have been consolidated for disposition and remain pending.  It is not possible to predict how the appellate court will rule on the pending appeals.  The Company has no obligation to pay any of the settlement amounts unless and until the orders and relief become final and are not subject to any further appellate review.

SPC, which is not covered by the bankruptcy court rulings or the settlements described above, has numerous defenses in all of the direct action cases asserting Common Law Claims that are pending against it.  SPC’s defenses include the fact that these novel theories have no basis in law; that they are directly at odds with the well-established law pertaining to the insured/insurer relationship; that there is no generalized duty to warn as alleged by the plaintiffs; and that the applicable statute of limitations as to many of these claims has long since expired. Many of these defenses have been raised in initial motions to dismiss filed by SPC and other insurers.  There have been favorable rulings during 2003 and 2004 in Texas and during 2004 and 2005 in Ohio on some of these motions filed by SPC and other insurers that dealt with statute of limitations and the validity of the alleged causes of actions.  On May 26, 2005, the Court of Appeals of Ohio, Eighth District, affirmed the earliest of these favorable rulings.  In Texas, only one court, in June of 2005, has denied the insurers’ initial challenges to the pleadings.  That ruling was contrary to the rulings by other courts in similar cases, and SPC and the other insurer defendants have filed a mandamus petition with the Texas Court of Appeals.

Currently, it is not possible to predict legal outcomes and their impact on the future development of claims and litigation relating to asbestos and environmental claims.  Any such development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.  Because of these uncertainties, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s results of operations in future periods.

81




Shareholder Litigation and Related Proceedings

Three actions against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota.  Two of these actions, which were originally captioned Kahn v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Nov. 2, 2004) and Michael A. Bernstein Profit Sharing Plan v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Nov. 10, 2004), are putative class actions brought by certain shareholders of the Company against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors.  These actions have been consolidated as In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II , and a lead plaintiff and lead counsel have been appointed.  On July 11, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed an amended consolidated complaint.  The amended and consolidated complaint alleges violations of federal securities laws in connection with the Company’s alleged failure to make disclosure relating to the practice of paying brokers commissions on a contingent basis, the Company’s alleged involvement in a conspiracy to rig bids and the Company’s allegedly improper use of finite reinsurance products.  On September 26, 2005, the Company and the other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint for failure to state a claim.  Oral argument on the Company’s motion to dismiss was presented on June 15, 2006.  By order dated September 25, 2006, the Court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss.  Discovery has commenced. On November 3, 2006, the Company and the other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved for partial judgment on the pleadings seeking dismissal of the allegations relating to the allegedly improper use of finite reinsurance products. On June 1, 2007, the Court granted that motion and permitted the lead plaintiff to replead.  On June 8, 2007, the lead plaintiff filed a second amended and consolidated complaint alleging the same claims as in the first amended and consolidated complaint but extending the putative class period.  On July 11, 2007, the Company and other defendants in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II moved to dismiss the second amended and consolidated complaint.  That motion remains pending.  The lead plaintiff in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II has moved for certification of a class of all purchasers of securities of the Company and St. Paul from January 27, 2000, through and including November 16, 2004.  That motion remains pending.  In the third action, an alleged beneficiary of the Company’s 401(k) savings plan commenced a putative class action against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors captioned Spiziri v. The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., et al. (Dec. 28, 2004).  The complaint alleges violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act based on the theory that defendants were allegedly aware of issues concerning the value of SPC’s loss reserves yet failed to protect plan participants from continued investment in Company stock .  On June 1, 2005, the Company and the other defendants in Spiziri moved to dismiss the complaint.   On January 4, 2006, the parties in Spiziri entered into a stipulation of settlement. The Court approved the settlement on April 30, 2007.

In addition, two derivative actions have been brought in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota against all of the Company’s current directors and certain of the Company’s former Directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant: Rowe v. Fishman, et al. (Oct. 22, 2004) and Clark v. Fishman, et al. (Nov. 18, 2004).  The derivative actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings as Rowe, et al. v. Fishman, et al . and a consolidated derivative complaint has been filed.  The consolidated derivative complaint asserts state law claims, including breach of fiduciary duty, based on allegations similar to those alleged in In re St. Paul Travelers Securities Litigation II and Spiziri described above.  On March 23, 2006, the Court dismissed the complaint without prejudice and, on March 30, 2006, entered judgment in favor of the Company and the other defendants. On June 5, 2006, plaintiffs in Rowe moved to alter or amend the judgment for leave to file an amended complaint. The Company and the other defendants opposed that motion.  On November 1, 2006, the parties in Rowe entered into a stipulation of settlement whereby plaintiffs released the Company and other defendants from liability in exchange for an agreement by defendants to adopt certain corporate governance measures for the benefit of the Company.  The settlement remains subject to final court approval.

The Company believes that the pending lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend vigorously; however, the Company is not able to provide any assurance that the financial impact of one or more of these proceedings will not be material to the Company’s results of operations in a future period.  The Company is obligated to indemnify its officers and directors to the extent provided under Minnesota law.  As part of that obligation, the Company will advance officers and directors attorneys’ fees and other expenses they incur in defending these lawsuits.

82




Other Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in proceedings addressing disputes with its reinsurers regarding the collection of amounts due under the Company’s reinsurance agreements.  These proceedings may be initiated by the Company or the reinsurers and may involve the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the coverage of particular claims, exclusions under the agreements, as well as counterclaims for rescission of the agreements.  One of these disputes is the action described in the following paragraphs.

The Company’s Gulf operation brought an action on May 22, 2003, as amended on May 12, 2004, in the Supreme Court of New York, County of New York ( Gulf Insurance Company v. Transatlantic Reinsurance Company, et al. ), against Transatlantic Reinsurance Company (Transatlantic), XL Reinsurance America, Inc. (XL), Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation (Odyssey), Employers Reinsurance Company (Employers) and Gerling Global Reinsurance Corporation of America (Gerling), to recover amounts due under reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and related to Gulf’s February 2003 settlement of a coverage dispute under a vehicle residual value protection insurance policy.  The reinsurers asserted counterclaims seeking rescission of the vehicle residual value reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and unspecified damages for breach of contract. Separate actions filed by Transatlantic and Gerling were consolidated with the original Gulf action for pre-trial purposes.

On October 1, 2003, Gulf entered into a final settlement agreement with Employers, and all claims and counterclaims with respect to Employers have been dismissed.  On December 15, 2006, Gulf and XL entered into a final settlement agreement which resolves all claims between Gulf and XL under the reinsurance agreements at issue in the litigation.  On April 13, 2007, Gulf and Transatlantic entered into a final settlement agreement which resolves all claims between Gulf and Transatlantic under the reinsurance agreements at issue in the litigation.

Fact and expert discovery are complete with respect to the remaining parties: Odyssey and Gerling.  Gulf and Gerling have filed motions for partial summary judgment.  The Court heard oral argument on the summary judgment motions on July 17, 2007 and reserved decision.  The Court has not yet set a trial date.  Gulf denies the reinsurers’ allegations, believes that it has a strong legal basis to collect the amounts due under the reinsurance contracts and intends to vigorously pursue the actions.

Based on the Company’s beliefs about its legal positions in its various reinsurance recovery proceedings, the Company does not expect any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in a future period.

The Company is a defendant in three consolidated lawsuits in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana arising out of disputes with certain policyholders over whether insurance coverage is available for flood losses arising from Hurricane Katrina: Chehardy, et al. v. State Farm, et al. , C.A. No. 06-1672, 06-1673 and 06-1674, Vanderbrook, et al. v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. C.A. No. 05-6323; and Xavier University of Louisiana v. Travelers Property Ca. Co. of America , C.A. No. 06-516.  Chehardy and Vanderbrook are proposed class actions in which the Company is one of several insurer defendants.  Xavier is an individual suit involving a property insurance policy brought by one of the Company’s insureds.  All of these actions allege that the losses were caused by the failure of the New Orleans levees.

On November 27, 2006, the Court issued a ruling in the three consolidated cases denying the motions of the Company and certain other insurers for a summary disposition of the cases.  The Court’s ruling does not determine that any additional amounts are owed under any of the Company’s policies or otherwise reach the merits of the policyholders’ claims.  The Company disagrees with the ruling and, along with certain other insurers named in the consolidated lawsuits, has filed an immediate appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.  The appeal is fully briefed, and the Court of Appeals heard oral argument on June 6, 2007.

83




As part of ongoing, industry-wide investigations, the Company and its affiliates have received subpoenas and written requests for information from government agencies and authorities.  The areas of pending inquiry addressed to the Company include its relationship with brokers and agents and the Company’s involvement with “non-traditional insurance and reinsurance products.”  The Company or its affiliates have received subpoenas or requests for information, in each case with respect to one or both of the areas described above, from: (i) State of California Office of the Attorney General; (ii) State of California Department of Insurance; (iii) Licensing and Market Conduct Compliance Division, Financial Services Commission of Ontario, Canada; (iv) State of Connecticut Insurance Department; (v) State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General; (vi) State of Delaware Department of Insurance; (vii) State of Florida Department of Financial Services; (viii) State of Florida Office of Insurance Regulation; (ix) State of Florida Department of Legal Affairs Office of the Attorney General; (x) State of Georgia Office of the Commissioner of Insurance; (xi) State of Hawaii Office of the Attorney General; (xii) State of Illinois Office of the Attorney General; (xiii) State of Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation; (xiv) State of Iowa Insurance Division; (xv) State of Maryland Office of the Attorney General; (xvi) State of Maryland Insurance Administration; (xvii) Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General; (xviii) State of Minnesota Department of Commerce; (xix) State of Minnesota Office of the Attorney General; (xx) State of New Hampshire Insurance Department; (xxi) State of New York Office of the Attorney General; (xxii) State of New York Insurance Department; (xxiii) State of North Carolina Department of Insurance; (xxiv) State of Ohio Office of the Attorney General; (xxv) State of Ohio Department of Insurance; (xxvi) State of Oregon Department of Justice; (xxvii) Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Office of the Attorney General; (xxviii) State of Texas Office of the Attorney General; (xxix) State of Texas Department of Insurance; (xxx) Commonwealth of Virginia Office of the Attorney General; (xxxi) State of Washington Office of the Insurance Commissioner; (xxxii) State of West Virginia Office of Attorney General; (xxxiii) the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York; (xxxiv) the United States Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury; and (xxxv) the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company and its affiliates may receive additional subpoenas and requests for information with respect to the areas described above from other agencies or authorities.

The Company is cooperating with these subpoenas and requests for information.  In addition, outside counsel, with the oversight of the Company’s Board of Directors, has been conducting an internal review of certain of the Company’s business practices.  This review initially focused on the Company’s relationship with brokers and was commenced after the announcement of litigation brought by the New York Attorney General’s office against a major broker.

The internal review was expanded to address the various requests for information described above and to verify whether the Company’s business practices in these areas have been appropriate.  The Company’s review has been extensive, involving the examination of e-mails and underwriting files, as well as interviews of current and former employees.  The Company also continues to receive and respond to additional requests for information and will expand its review accordingly.

To date, the Company has found only a few instances of conduct that were inconsistent with the Company’s employee code of conduct.  The Company has responded, and will continue to respond, appropriately to any such conduct.

The Company’s internal review with respect to finite reinsurance considered finite products the Company both purchased and sold.  The Company has completed its review with respect to the identified finite products purchased and sold, and has concluded that no adjustment to previously issued financial statements is required.

Except as settled as previously disclosed, the industry-wide investigations described above are ongoing, as are the Company’s efforts to cooperate with the authorities, and the various authorities could ask that additional work be performed or reach conclusions different from the Company’s.  Accordingly, it would be premature to reach any conclusions as to the likely outcome of these matters.

84




Four putative class action lawsuits are pending against a number of insurance brokers and insurers, including the Company and/or certain of its affiliates, by plaintiffs who allegedly purchased insurance products through one or more of the defendant brokers.  Plaintiffs allege that various insurance brokers conspired with each other and with various insurers, including the Company and/or certain of its affiliates, to artificially inflate premiums, allocate brokerage customers and rig bids for insurance products offered to those customers.  The complaints are captioned: Redwood Oil Company v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. , et al. (N.D. Ill. Jan. 21, 2005), Boros v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., et al. (N.D. Cal. Feb. 4, 2005), Mulcahy v. Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., et al. (D.N.J. Feb. 23, 2005) and Golden Gate Bridge, Highway, and Transportation District v. Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., et al. (D.N.J. Feb. 23, 2005).  To the extent they were not originally filed there, the federal class actions were transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey and have been consolidated with other class actions under the caption In re Insurance Brokerage Antitrust Litigation , a multidistrict litigation proceeding in that District. On August 1, 2005, various plaintiffs, including the four named plaintiffs in the above-referenced class actions, filed an amended consolidated class action complaint naming various brokers and insurers, including the Company and certain of its affiliates, on behalf of a putative nationwide class of policyholders.  The complaint includes causes of action under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), state common law and the laws of the various states prohibiting antitrust violations.  Plaintiffs seek monetary damages, including punitive damages and trebled damages, permanent injunctive relief, restitution, including disgorgement of profits, interest and costs, including attorneys’ fees.  On November 29, 2005, all defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim.  Oral arguments on the defendants’ motion to dismiss were heard on July 26, 2006.  On October 3, 2006, the court ruled that the complaint failed to plead actionable claims under the Sherman Act or RICO, provided plaintiffs an opportunity to replead those claims and reserved decision with respect to remaining state law claims.  On November 30, 2006, defendants renewed their motions to dismiss.  On April 5, 2007, the court dismissed the complaint and permitted plaintiffs to replead.  On May 22, 2007, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On June 21, 2007, defendants renewed their motion to dismiss.  The Court has stayed all discovery.  Additional individual actions have been brought in state and federal courts against the Company involving allegations similar to those in In re Insurance Brokerage Antitrust Litigation and further actions may be brought.  The Company believes that all of these lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend vigorously.

In addition to those described above, the Company is involved in numerous lawsuits, not involving asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability insurer defending third-party claims brought against policyholders, or as an insurer defending claims brought against it relating to coverage or the Company’s business practices.  While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could be material to the Company’s results of operations in a future period, in the opinion of the Company’s management, none would likely have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or liquidity.

The Company previously reported that it sought guidance from the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC with respect to the appropriate purchase accounting treatment for certain second quarter 2004 adjustments totaling $1.63 billion.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Other Matters.”  After discussion with the staff of the Division of Corporate Finance and the Company’s independent auditors, the Company continues to believe that its accounting treatment for these adjustments is appropriate. On May 3, 2006, the Company received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the Division) advising the Company that it is conducting an inquiry relating to the second quarter 2004 adjustments and the April 1, 2004 merger of SPC and TPC.  The Company is cooperating with the Division’s requests for information.

85




Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS

For a discussion of the Company’s potential risks or uncertainties, please see Part I, Item 1A, of the Company’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  There have been no material changes to the risk factors disclosed in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

Item 2.    UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

The table below sets forth information regarding repurchases by the Company of its common stock during the periods indicated.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period Beginning

 

Period Ending

 

Total number of
shares
purchased

 

Average price paid
per share

 

Total number of
shares purchased
as part of
publicly announced
plans or programs

 

Maximum
dollar value of
shares that may
yet be purchased
under the
plans or programs

 

April 1, 2007

 

April 30, 2007

 

2,903,917

 

$

53.20

 

2,539,900

 

$

3,018,943,707

 

May 1, 2007

 

May 31, 2007

 

6,281,475

 

55.51

 

5,980,900

 

2,687,082,291

 

June 1, 2007

 

June 30, 2007

 

2,884,181

 

53.90

 

2,870,000

 

2,532,374,769

 

Total

 

 

 

12,069,573

 

$

54.57

 

11,390,800

 

$

2,532,374,769

 

 

The Company repurchased 678,773 shares that were not part of the publicly announced share repurchase program, representing shares repurchased to cover payroll withholding taxes in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards and exercises of stock options, and shares used to cover the exercise price of certain stock options that were exercised.  The Company’s share repurchase program, which has no expiration date, was approved and announced by the Company’s Board of Directors on May 2, 2006.  The original authorized repurchase capacity was $2 billion; in January 2007, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $3 billion of repurchase capacity.

Item 3.    DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

Item 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

Item 5.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

Item 6.    EXHIBITS

See Exhibit Index.

86




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, The Travelers Companies, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

Date: July 26, 2007

 

 

By

/S/    BRUCE A. BACKBERG

 

 

 

 

Bruce A. Backberg
Senior Vice President
(Authorized Signatory)

 

 

 

 

 

Date: July 26, 2007

 

 

By

/S/    DOUGLAS K. RUSSELL

 

 

 

 

Douglas K. Russell
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

87




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

3.1†

 

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the Company), effective as of May 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

3.2 

 

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, effective as of February 26, 2007, were filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2007, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

10.1†

 

 

Letter Agreement between Alan D. Schnitzer and the Company, dated April 15, 2007.

 

 

 

 

10.2†

 

 

The Travelers Severance Plan, as amended through May 10, 2007.

 

 

 

 

12.1†

 

 

Statement regarding the computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends.

 

 

 

 

31.1†

 

 

Certification of Jay S. Fishman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

31.2†

 

 

Certification of Jay S. Benet, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

32.1†

 

 

Certification of Jay S. Fishman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

32.2†

 

 

Certification of Jay S. Benet, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Copies of any of the exhibits referred to above will be furnished to security holders who make written request therefor to The Travelers Companies, Inc., 385 Washington Street, Saint Paul, MN 55102, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

The total amount of securities authorized pursuant to any instrument defining rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.  Therefore, the Company is not filing any instruments evidencing long-term debt.  However, the Company will furnish copies of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


                           Filed herewith

88



Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is The Travelers Companies, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation is 385 Washington Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102.

ARTICLE III

The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation has authority to issue is one billion seven hundred fifty million shares which shall consist of five million undesignated shares and one billion seven hundred forty-five million shares of voting common stock. All shares of voting common stock shall have equal rights and preferences. The board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) is authorized to establish, from the undesignated shares, one or more classes and series of shares, to designate each such class and series and to fix the relative rights and preferences of each such class and series, provided that in no event shall the Board of Directors fix a preference with respect to a distribution in liquidation in excess of $100 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any. No shares shall confer on the holder any right to cumulate votes in the election of Directors. All shareholders are denied preemptive rights, unless, with respect to some or all of the undesignated shares, the Board of Directors shall grant preemptive rights. The Corporation may, without any new or additional consideration, issue shares of voting common stock or any other class or series pro rata to the holders of the same or one or more other classes or series of shares.

ARTICLE IV

Commencing on January 1, 2006, an action, other than an action requiring shareholder approval, required or permitted to be taken at a Board meeting may be taken by written action signed, or consented to by authenticated electronic communication, by the number of Directors that would be required to act in taking the same action at a meeting of the Board at which all Directors were present.

ARTICLE V

A Director of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, to the full extent such immunity is permitted from time to time under the Minnesota Business Corporation Act.

1




Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VI

Effective immediately at the date and time at which these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation become effective (the “Effective Time”), the Board of Directors shall consist of 23 Directors.  Subject to the provisions of this Article VI, the number of Directors may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time, but in no event shall the number of Directors exceed 23.

During the period beginning at the Effective Time and ending on January 1, 2006 (the “Specified Period”), the following actions of the Board of Directors must be approved by at least two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors:

(a)

 

removal of, or failure to re-elect (if such person is willing to serve), the individual holding the office of Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer as of the Effective Time or any modification to either of their respective duties, authority or reporting relationships;

 

 

 

(b)

 

any change in the size or chairmanship of the Board or any committee of the Board, in the responsibilities of, or the authority delegated to, any committee of the Board, or in the ratio of the number of Travelers Directors (as defined below) on the Board or any committee of the Board to the number of St. Paul Directors (as defined below) on the Board or any committee of the Board;

 

 

 

(c)

 

any (i) statutory share exchange or merger of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries with, into or involving a company that is larger than the Corporation (based upon any of market capitalization, revenues, or total assets at the time of Board action), (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (iii) dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation;

 

 

 

(d)

 

any change in the location of the principal executive offices of the Corporation; or

 

 

 

(e)

 

the approval of any amendment of Article IV of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, this Article VI or Article V of the bylaws of the Corporation for submission to the shareholders of the Corporation or the approval by the Board of Directors of an amendment to Article V of the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

In addition, during the Specified Period, the following actions must be approved by at least two-thirds of the entire Governance Committee of the Board of Directors:

2




 

(a)

 

any nomination by the Governance Committee of individuals (i) for election to the Board of Directors by the shareholders of the Corporation or (ii) to fill newly created positions on the Board of Directors; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

any recommendation by the Governance Committee to change (i) the size or chairmanship of the Board or any committee of the Board, (ii) the responsibilities of, or the authority delegated to, any committee of the Board, or (iii) the ratio of the number of Travelers Directors to the number of St. Paul Directors on the Board or any committee of the Board.

 

For purposes hereof:

“St. Paul Directors” means (i) those eleven Directors designated by the Corporation to serve as members of the Board as of the Effective Time pursuant to a contractual right of the Corporation to designate such Directors and (ii) any Replacement St. Paul Director.

“Replacement St. Paul Director” means a Director designated pursuant to Article V of the bylaws of the Corporation by the St. Paul Directors who are members of the Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (i) to fill a vacancy on the Board or (ii) to be nominated for election to the Board by the shareholders of the Corporation.

“Travelers Directors” means (i) those twelve Directors designated by Travelers Property Casualty Corp., a Connecticut corporation, to serve as members of the Board as of the Effective Time pursuant to a contractual right of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. to designate such Directors and (ii) any Replacement Travelers Director.

“Replacement Travelers Director” means a Director designated pursuant to Article V of the bylaws of the Corporation by the Travelers Directors who are members of the Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (i) to fill a vacancy on the Board or (ii) to be nominated for election to the Board by the shareholders of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of one or more classes or series of preferred or preference stock issued by the Corporation, voting separately by class or series to elect Directors in accordance with the terms of such preferred or preference stock, each Director shall be elected at a meeting of shareholders by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the Director, provided that Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes present and entitled to vote on the election of Directors at any such meeting for which the number of nominees (other than nominees withdrawn on or prior to the day preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice for such meeting to the shareholders) exceeds the number of Directors to be elected.  For purposes of Article VII, action at a meeting shall mean action at a meeting which satisfies the notice and quorum requirements imposed by the bylaws of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by law, and a majority of the votes cast means that the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation that are voted “for” a Director must exceed the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation that are voted “against” that Director.

3




STATEMENT OF THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

WITH RESPECT TO

SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Pursuant to Section 302A.401, Subd. 3(b)

of Minnesota Statutes

The undersigned officers of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Corporation”), being duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, do hereby certify that the following resolution was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on January 24, 1990 pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.401, Subd. 3(a):

RESOLVED, That there is hereby established, out of the presently available undesignated shares of the Corporation, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as stated below and having the relative rights and preferences that are set forth below (the “Series’’):

1.                                        Designation and Amount. The Series shall be designated as “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series B Preferred’’). The number of shares constituting the Series shall be one million four hundred fifty thousand (1,450,000), which number may from time to time be decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors’’). Shares of Series B Preferred shall have a preference upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per share, which preference amount does not represent a determination by the Board of Directors for the purpose of the Corporation’s capital accounts.

2.                                        Rank. The Series B Preferred shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Corporation, rank prior to the Corporation’s Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and to the Corporation’s voting common stock (the “Common Stock’’)(together, the “Junior Stock’’) and shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Corporation, rank junior to all other classes and series of equity securities of the Corporation, now or hereafter authorized, issued or outstanding, other than any classes or series of equity securities of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series B Preferred as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Corporation (the “Parity Stock’’).

3.                                        Dividends. (a) Holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted by applicable law, cumulative quarterly cash dividends at the annual rate of Eleven and 724/1000 Dollars ($11.724) per share, in preference to and in priority over any dividends with respect to Junior Stock.

4




(b)                                  Dividends on the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall begin to accrue and be cumulative (regardless of whether such dividends shall have been declared by the Board of Directors) from and including the date of original issuance of each share of the Series B Preferred, and shall be payable in arrears on January 17, April 17, July 17 and October 17 of each year (each of such dates a “Dividend Payment Date’’), commencing April 17, 1990. Each such dividend shall be payable to the holder or holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record dates, not more than thirty (30) calendar days and not less than ten (10) calendar days preceding the Dividend Payment Dates therefor, as are determined by the Board of Directors (each of such dates a “Record Date’’). In any case where the date fixed for any dividend payment with respect to the Series B Preferred shall not be a Business Day, then such payment need not be made on such date but may be made on the next preceding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date fixed therefor, without interest.

(c)                                   The amount of any dividends “accumulated’’ on any share of Series B Preferred at any Dividend Payment Date shall be deemed to be the amount of any unpaid dividends accrued thereon to and excluding such Dividend Payment Date regardless of whether declared, and the amount of dividends “accumulated’’ on any share of Series B Preferred at any date other than a Dividend Payment Date shall be calculated at the amount of any unpaid dividends accrued thereon to and excluding the last preceding Dividend Payment Date regardless of whether declared, plus an amount calculated on the basis of the annual dividend rate for the period from and including such last preceding Dividend Payment Date to and excluding the date as of which the calculation is made (regardless of whether declared). The amount of dividends payable with respect to a full dividend period on outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall be computed by dividing the annual dividend rate by four and the amount of dividends payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly dividend period (including the initial dividend period) shall be computed on the basis of thirty (30)-day months, a three hundred sixty (360)-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period.

(d)                                  So long as the shares of Series B Preferred shall be outstanding, if (i) the Corporation shall be in default or in arrears with respect to the payment of dividends (regardless of whether declared) on any outstanding shares of Series B Preferred or any other classes or series of equity securities of the Corporation other than Junior Stock or (ii) the Corporation shall be in default or in arrears with respect to the mandatory or optional redemption, purchase or other acquisition, retirement or other requirement of, or with respect to, any sinking or other similar fund or agreement for the redemption, purchase or other acquisition, retirement or other requirement of, or with respect to, any shares of the Series B Preferred or any other classes or series of equity securities of the Corporation other than Junior Stock, then the Corporation may not (A) declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividends on any shares of Junior Stock, or (B) make any payment on account of, or set apart payment for, the purchase or other acquisition, redemption, retirement or other requirement of, or with respect to, any sinking or other similar fund or agreement for the purchase or other acquisition, redemption, retirement or other requirement of, or with respect to, any shares of Junior Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Junior Stock, other

5




than with respect to any rights that are now or in the future may be issued and outstanding under or pursuant to the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement dated as of December 4, 1989 between the Corporation and First Chicago Trust Company of New York as Rights Agent, as it may be amended in any respect or extended from time to time or replaced by a new shareholders’ rights plan of any scope or nature (provided that in any amended or extended plan or in any replacement plan any redemption of rights feature permits only nominal redemption payments) (the “Rights Agreement’’), or (C) make any distribution in respect of any shares of Junior Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Junior Stock, whether directly or indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations, or securities of the Corporation or other property, other than dividends or distributions of Junior Stock which is neither convertible into nor exchangeable or exercisable for any securities of the Corporation other than Junior Stock or rights, warrants, options or calls exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Junior Stock or (D) permit any corporation or other entity controlled directly or indirectly by the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire or redeem any shares of Junior Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Junior Stock.

(e)                                   Dividends in arrears with respect to the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred may be declared and paid or set apart for payment at any time and from time to time, without reference to any regular Dividend Payment Date, to the holder or holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation at the close of business on the Record Date established with respect to such payment in arrears. If there shall be outstanding shares of Parity Stock, and if the payment of dividends on any shares of the Series B Preferred or the Parity Stock is in arrears, the Corporation, in making any dividend payment on account of any shares of the Series B Preferred or Parity Stock, shall make such payment ratably upon all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred and Parity Stock in proportion to the respective amounts of accumulated dividends in arrears upon such shares of the Series B Preferred and Parity Stock to the date of such dividend payment. The Holder or holders of Series B Preferred shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, obligations or securities of the Corporation or other property, in excess of the accumulated dividends on shares of Series B Preferred. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend or other payment or payments which may be in arrears with respect to the Series B Preferred. All dividends paid with respect to the Series B Preferred shall be paid pro rata to the holders entitled thereto.

(f)                                     Subject to the foregoing provisions hereof and applicable law, the Board of Directors (i) may declare and the Corporation may pay or set apart for payment dividends on any Junior Stock or Parity Stock, (ii) may make any payment on account of or set apart payment for a sinking fund or other similar fund or agreement for the purchase or other acquisition, redemption, retirement or other requirement of, or with respect to, any Junior Stock or Parity Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any Junior Stock or Parity Stock, (iii) may make any distribution in respect to any Junior Stock or Parity Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or

6




options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any Junior Stock or Parity Stock, whether directly or indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations or securities of the Corporation or other property and (iv) may purchase or otherwise acquire, redeem or retire any Junior Stock or Parity Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any Junior Stock or Parity Stock, and the holder or holders of the Series B Preferred shall not be entitled to share therein.

4.                                        Voting Rights. The holder or holders of Series B Preferred shall have no right to vote for any purpose, except as required by applicable law and except as provided in this Section 4.

(a)                                   So long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, the affirmative vote of the holder or holders of at least a majority (or such greater number as required by applicable law) of the votes entitled to be cast with respect to the then outstanding Series B Preferred, voting separately as one class, at a meeting duly held for that purpose, shall be necessary to repeal, amend or otherwise change any of the provisions of the articles of incorporation of the Corporation in any manner which materially and adversely affects the rights or preferences of the Series B Preferred. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the increase (including the creation or authorization) or decrease in the amount of authorized capital stock of any class or series (excluding the Series B Preferred) shall not be deemed to be an amendment which materially and adversely affects the rights or preferences of the Series B Preferred.

(b)                                  The holder or holders of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Stock, voting together with the holders of Common Stock as if one class. Each share of Series B Preferred in such case shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred could have been converted on the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote on a particular matter.

5.                                        Optional Redemption. (a) The Series B Preferred shall be redeemable, in whole or in part at any time and from time to time, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the option of the Corporation, (i) on or before December 31, 1994, if (A) there is a change in any statute, rule or regulation of the United States of America which has the effect of limiting or making unavailable to the Corporation all or any of the tax deductions for amounts paid (including dividends) on the Series B Preferred when such amounts are used as provided under Section 404(k)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect on the date shares of Series B Preferred are initially issued, or (B) the Plan is not initially determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be qualified within the meaning of ss. 401(a) and ss. 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (C) the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or otherwise, at the greater of (1) $144.30 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, without interest, to and excluding the date fixed for redemption, or (2) the Fair Market Value of the Series B Preferred redeemed, or (ii) after December 31, 1994, at the following redemption prices per share if redeemed during the twelve (12)-month period ending on and including December 31 in each of the following years:

7




 

Year

 

Redemption Price
Per Share

 

1995

 

$

149.52

 

1996

 

148.22

 

1997

 

146.92

 

1998

 

145.62

 

1999 and thereafter.

 

144.30

 

 

plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, without interest, to and excluding the date fixed for redemption.

(b)                                  Payment of the redemption price shall be made by the Corporation in cash or shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof, as permitted by paragraph (d) of this Section S. On and after the date fixed for redemption, dividends on shares of Series B Preferred called for redemption shall cease to accrue, such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights in respect of such shares shall cease, except the right to receive the redemption price.

(c)                                   Unless otherwise required by law, notice of redemption shall be sent to the holder or holders of Series B Preferred at the address shown on the books of the Corporation by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption date. Each such notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the total number of shares of the Series B Preferred to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue from and after such redemption date; and (vi) the conversion rights of the shares to be redeemed, the period within which conversion rights may be exercised, and the then current Conversion Price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred at the time. Upon surrender of the certificates for any shares so called for redemption and not previously converted (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the date fixed for redemption and at the redemption price.

(d)                                  The Corporation, at its option, may make payment of the redemption price required upon redemption of shares of Series B Preferred in cash or in shares of Common Stock, or in a combination of such shares and cash, any such shares to be valued for such purpose at the average Current Market Price for the five (5) consecutive trading days ending on the trading day next preceding the date of redemption.

6.                                        Other Redemption Rights. Shares of Series B Preferred shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the option of the holder at any time and from time to time, to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon notice to the Corporation accompanied by the properly endorsed certificate or certificates given not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the date fixed by the holder in such notice for such redemption, when and to the extent

8




necessary (a) for such holder to provide for distributions required to be made under The St. Paul Companies, Inc. Savings Plus Preferred Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, an employee stock ownership plan and trust within the meaning of ss. 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Plan and Trust’’), as the same may be amended, or any successor plans, or (b) for such holder to make payment of principal or interest due and payable (whether as scheduled or upon acceleration) on the 9.40% Note dated January 24, 1990, due January 31, 2005 made by Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, not individually but solely as Trustee for the Plan and Trust, payable to the order of St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company or registered assigns, in the principal amount of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) or other indebtedness of the Plan and Trust or if funds otherwise available are not adequate to make a required payment pursuant to such Note or other indebtedness, in each case at a redemption price of the greater of (1) $144.30 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, without interest, to and excluding the date fixed for redemption, or (2) the Fair Market Value of the Series B Preferred redeemed. Upon surrender of the shares to be redeemed, such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation on the date fixed for redemption and at the applicable redemption price and such price shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after such date of redemption, without interest. The terms and provisions of Sections 5(b) and 5(d) are applicable to any redemption under this Section 6.

7.                                        Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holder or holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to shareholders, before any distribution of assets shall be made to the holders of shares of Junior Stock, an amount equal to One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per share. If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the amounts payable with respect to the Series B Preferred and any Parity Stock are not paid in full, the holder or holders of the Series B Preferred and of such Parity Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets of the Corporation in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled. After payment to the holder or holders of the Series B Preferred of the full preferential amount provided for in this Section 7 and after the payment of any other preferential amounts to the holder or holders of other equity securities of the Corporation, the holder or holders of the Series B Preferred shall be entitled to share in distributions of any remaining assets with the holders of Common Stock, pro-rata on an as-if-converted basis, to the extent of $44.30 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, without interest, to and excluding the date fixed for such distribution of assets. Written notice of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be given to the holder or holders of Series B Preferred not less than twenty (20) days prior to the payment date. Neither the voluntary sale, conveyance exchange or transfer (for cash, securities or other consideration) of all or any part of the property or assets of the Corporation, nor the consolidation or merger or other business combination of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, shall be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, unless such voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer shall be in connection with a plan of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

9




8.                                        Conversion Rights. (a) The holder of any Series B Preferred shall have the right, at the holder’s option, at any time and from time to time, to convert any or all of such shares into the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation determined by dividing One Hundred Forty-four and 30/100 Dollars ($144.30) for each share of Series B Preferred to be converted by the then effective Conversion Price per share of Common Stock, except that if any shares of Series B Preferred are called for redemption by the Corporation or submitted for redemption by the holder thereof, according to the terms and provisions of this Resolution, the conversion rights pertaining to such shares shall terminate at the close of business on the date fixed for redemption (unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the applicable redemption price). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred, but if such conversion results in a fraction, an amount shall be paid in cash by the Corporation to the converting holder equal to same fraction of the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the effective date of the conversion.

(b)                                  The initial conversion price, which is Seventy-two and 15/100 Dollars ($72.15) per share of Common Stock, shall be subject to appropriate adjustment from time to time as follows and such initial conversion price or the latest adjusted conversion price is referred to in this Resolution as the “Conversion Price’’:

(i)                                      In case the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the shares of the Series B Preferred is outstanding (A) pay a dividend in shares of Common Stock, (B) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares or (C) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any shares of the Series B Preferred thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation which such holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately following such action had such shares of the Series B Preferred been converted immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8(b)(i) shall become effective retroactively to immediately after the record date for determination of the shareholders entitled to receive the dividend in the case of a dividend and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination.

(ii)                                   In case the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the shares of the Series B Preferred is outstanding, distribute or issue rights, warrants, options or calls to all holders of shares of Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock), at a per share price less than the Current Market Price on the record date referred to below, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the Conversion Price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the record date of the distribution or issuance of such rights, warrants, options or calls by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares

10




which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered would purchase at such Current Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase. For the purpose of this Section 8(b)(ii), the distribution or issuance of rights, warrants, options or calls to subscribe for or purchase securities convertible into Common Stock shall be deemed to be the issuance of rights, warrants, options or calls to purchase the shares of Common Stock into which such securities are convertible at an aggregate offering price equal to the aggregate offering price of such securities plus the minimum aggregate amount (if any) payable upon conversion of such securities into shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that if all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such rights, warrants, options or calls have not been issued when such rights, warrants, options or calls expire, then the Conversion Price shall promptly be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the distribution or issuance of such rights, warrants, options or calls been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such rights, warrants, options or calls. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8(b)(ii) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights, warrants, options or calls. This Section 8(b)(ii) shall be inapplicable with respect to any rights issued or to be issued pursuant to or governed by the Rights Agreement.

(iii) In the event the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, issue, sell or exchange shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to (a) any right or warrant now or hereafter outstanding to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock (including as such a right or warrant any security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock), (b) any rights issued or to be issued pursuant to or governed by the Rights Agreement and (c) any employee, officer or director incentive or benefit plan or arrangement (including any employment, severance or consulting agreement) of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation heretofore or hereafter adopted) for a consideration having a Fair Market Value, on the date of such issuance, sale or exchange, less than the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of issuance, sale or exchange, then, subject to the provisions of Sections 8(b)(v) and (vii), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by the fraction the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the Fair Market Value of all the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the day immediately preceding the first public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange plus (y) the Fair Market value of the consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issuance, sale or exchange of shares of Common Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the product of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day immediately preceding the first public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange multiplied by (b) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such day plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued, sold or exchanged by the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time while any shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, issue, sell or exchange any right or

11




warrant to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock (including as such a right or warrant any security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock), other than any such issuance (a) to holders of shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution (including by way of a reclassification of shares or a recapitalization of the Corporation), (b) pursuant to any employee, officer or director incentive or benefit plan or arrangement (including any employment, severance or consulting agreement) of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation heretofore or hereafter adopted, (c) of rights issued or to be issued pursuant to or governed by the Rights Agreement and (d) which is covered by the terms and provisions of Section 8(b)(ii) hereof, for a consideration having a Fair Market Value, on the date of such issuance, sale or exchange, less than the Non-Dilutive Amount, then, subject to the provisions of Sections 8(b)(v) and (vii) hereof, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the sum of (I) the Fair Market Value of all the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the day immediately preceding the first public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange plus (II) the Fair Market Value of the consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issuance, sale or exchange or such right or warrant plus (III) the Fair Market Value at the time of such issuance of the consideration which the Corporation would receive upon exercise in full of all such rights or warrants, and the denominator of which shall be the product of (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day immediately preceding the first public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange multiplied by (y) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such day plus the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which  could be acquired pursuant to such right or warrant at the time of the issuance, sale or exchange of such right or warrant (assuming shares of Common Stock could be acquired pursuant to such right or warrant at such time).

(iv) In the event the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, make an Extraordinary Distribution in respect of the Common Stock, whether by dividend, distribution, reclassification of shares or recapitalization of the Corporation (including a recapitalization or reclassification effected by a merger or consolidation to which Section 8(c) hereof does not apply) or effect a Pro Rata Repurchase of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such Extraordinary Distribution or Pro Rata Repurchase shall, subject to Sections 8(b)(v) and (vii) hereof, be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by the fraction the numerator of which is the difference between (a) the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such Extraordinary Distribution or Pro Rata Repurchase multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day before the ex-dividend date with respect to an Extraordinary Distribution which is paid in cash and on the distribution date with respect to an Extraordinary Distribution which is paid other than in cash, or on the applicable expiration date (including all extensions thereof) of any tender offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase, or on the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase which is not a tender offer, as the case may be, and (b) the Fair Market Value of the Extraordinary Distribution or the aggregate purchase price of the Pro Rata Repurchase, as

12




the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such Extraordinary Dividend or Pro Rata Repurchase minus, in the case of a Pro Rata Repurchase, the number of shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Corporation multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day before the ex-dividend date with respect to an Extraordinary Distribution which is paid in cash and on the distribution date with respect to an Extraordinary Distribution which is paid other than in cash, or on the applicable expiration date (including all extensions thereof) of any tender offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or on the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase which is not a tender offer, as the case may be. The Corporation shall send each holder of Series B Preferred (i) notice of its intent to make any dividend or distribution and (ii) notice of any offer by the Corporation to make a Pro Rata Repurchase, in each case at the same time as, or as soon as practicable after, such offer is first communicated (including by announcement of a record date in accordance with the rules of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading) to holders of Common Stock. Such notice shall indicate the intended record date and the amount and nature of such dividend or distribution, or the number of shares subject to such offer for a Pro Rata Repurchase and the purchase price payable by the Corporation pursuant to such offer, as well as the Conversion Price and the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred may be converted at such time.

(v)                                  If the Corporation shall make any dividend or distribution on the Common Stock or issue any Common Stock, other capital stock or other security of the Corporation or any rights or warrants to purchase or acquire any such security, which transaction does not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 8, the Board of Directors shall consider whether such action is of such a nature that an adjustment to the Conversion Price should equitably be made in respect of such transaction. If in such case the Board of Directors determines that an adjustment to the Conversion Price should be made, an adjustment shall be made effective as of such date, as determined by the Board of Directors (which adjustment shall in no event adversely affect the rights or preferences of the Series B Preferred as set forth herein). The determination of the Board of Directors as to whether an adjustment to the Conversion Price should be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(b)(v), and, if so, as to what adjustment should be made and when, shall be final and binding on the Corporation and all shareholders of the Corporation.

(vi)                               In addition to the foregoing adjustments, the Corporation may, but shall not be required to, make such adjustments in the Conversion Price as it considers to be advisable in order that any event treated for federal income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights shall either not be taxable to the recipients or shall be taxable to the recipients to the minimum extent reasonable under the circumstances, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

13




(vii) In no event shall an adjustment in the Conversion Price be required unless such adjustment would result in an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in the Conversion Price then in effect; provided, however, that any such adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in determining whether any subsequent adjustment is required. In no event shall the Conversion Price be adjusted to an amount less than any minimum required by law. Except as set forth in this Section 8, the Conversion Price shall not be adjusted for the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or carrying the right or option to purchase or otherwise acquire the foregoing, in exchange for cash, other property or services.

(viii) Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Price is required, the Corporation shall forthwith place on file with its transfer agent (or if the Corporation performs the functions of a transfer agent, with the corporate secretary) a statement signed by its chief executive officer or a vice president and by its secretary, assistant secretary or treasurer, stating the adjusted Conversion Price determined as provided herein. Such statements shall set forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason and the manner of computing such adjustment. As soon as practicable after the adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall mail a notice thereof to each holder of shares of the Series B Preferred of such adjustment.

(ix) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the holder of any shares of Series B Preferred hereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive any securities other than shares of Common Stock, thereafter the amount of such other securities so receivable upon conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly as equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock contained in this Section 8, and the provisions of this Section 8 with respect to the Common Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other securities.

(c)                                   In case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation (other than a merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation), or in case of any sale or transfer of substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or in case of reclassification, capital reorganization or change of outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than combinations or subdivisions described in Section 8(b)(i) and other than Extraordinary Distributions described in Section 8(b)(iv)), there shall be no adjustment to the Conversion Price then in effect, but appropriate provisions shall be made so that any holder of Series B Preferred shall be entitled, after the occurrence (or, if applicable, the record date) of any such event (“Transaction’’), to receive on conversion the consideration which the holder would have received had the holder converted such holder’s Series B Preferred to Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of the Transaction and had such holder, if applicable, elected to receive the consideration in the form and manner elected by the plurality of the electing holders of Common Stock. In any such Transaction, effective provisions shall be made to ensure that the holder or

14




holders of the Series B Preferred shall receive the consideration that they are entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions hereof, and in particular, as a condition to any consolidation or merger in which the holders of securities into which the Series B Preferred is then convertible are entitled to receive equity securities of another corporation, such other corporation shall expressly assume the obligation to deliver, upon conversion of the Series B Preferred, such equity securities as the holder or holders of the Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), in the event the consideration to be received pursuant to the provisions hereof is not to be constituted solely of employer securities within the meaning of Section 409(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provisions of law, and of a cash payment in lieu of any fractional securities, then the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall be deemed converted by virtue of the Transaction immediately prior to the consummation thereof into the number and kind of securities into which such shares of Series B Preferred could have been voluntarily converted at such time and such securities shall be entitled to participate fully in the Transaction as if such securities had been outstanding on the appropriate record, exchange or distribution date. In the event the Corporation shall enter into any agreement providing for any Transaction, then the Corporation shall as soon as practicable thereafter (and in any event at least ten (10) Business Days before consummation of the Transaction) give notice of such agreement and the material terms thereof to each holder of Series B Preferred and each such holder shall have the right, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to elect, by written notice to the Corporation, to receive, upon consummation of the Transaction (if and when the Transaction is consummated), from the Corporation or the successor of the Corporation, in redemption of such Series B Preferred, a cash payment per share equal to the amount determined according to the following table, with the redemption date to be deemed to be the same date that the Transaction giving rise to the redemption election is consummated:

Transaction Consummated
In Year Ending
December 31

 

Redemption Price
Per Share

 

1990

 

$

156.02

 

1991

 

154.72

 

1992

 

153.42

 

1993

 

152.12

 

1994

 

150.82

 

1995

 

149.52

 

1996

 

148.22

 

1997

 

146.92

 

1998

 

145.62

 

1999 and thereafter.

 

144.30

 

 

plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, without interest, to and excluding such deemed redemption date. No such notice of redemption by the holder of Series B Preferred shall be effective unless given to the Corporation prior to the close of business at least two (2) Business Days prior to consummation of the Transaction.

15




(d)                                  The holder or holders of Series B Preferred as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation at the close of business on a dividend payment Record Date shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the subsequent conversion thereof or the Corporation’s default on payment of the dividend due on such Dividend Payment Date; provided, however, that the holder or holders of Series B Preferred subject to redemption on a redemption date after such Record Date and before such Dividend Payment Date shall not be entitled under this provision to receive such dividend on such Dividend Payment Date. However, shares of Series B Preferred surrendered for conversion during the period after any dividend payment Record Date and before the corresponding Dividend Payment Date (except shares subject to redemption on a redemption date during such period) must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the dividend payable on such shares on such Dividend Payment Date. The holder or holders of Series B Preferred as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation at the close of business on a dividend payment Record Date who convert shares of Series B Preferred on a Dividend Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such Series B Preferred by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, and the converting holders need not include payment in the amount of such dividend upon surrender of shares of Series B Preferred for conversion. Except as provided above, the Corporation shall make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends (whether or not accumulated and in arrears) on converted shares or for dividends on the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(e)                                   Each conversion of shares of Series B Preferred into shares of Common Stock shall be effected by the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be converted, accompanied by instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Corporation and sufficient to transfer such shares to the Corporation free of any adverse claims (the “Converting Shares’’), at the principal executive office of the Corporation (or such other office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by written notice to the holder or holders of Series B Preferred) at any time during its respective usual business hours, together with written notice by the holder of such Converting Shares, stating that such holder desires to convert the Converting Shares, or a stated number of the shares represented by such certificate or certificates, into such number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares may be converted (the “Converted Shares’’). Such notice shall also state the name or names (with addresses and federal taxpayer identification numbers) and denominations in which the certificate or certificates for the Converted Shares are to be issued, shall include instructions for the delivery thereof and shall include such other information as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably request. Promptly after such surrender and the receipt of such written notice and the receipt of any required transfer documents and payments representing dividends as described above, the Corporation shall issue and deliver in accordance with the surrendering holder’s instructions the certificate or certificates evidencing the Converted Shares issuable upon such conversion, and the Corporation will deliver to the converting holder (without cost to the holder) a certificate (which shall contain such legends as were set forth on the surrendered certificate or certificates) representing any shares of Series B Preferred which were represented by the certificate or certificates that were delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion, but which were not converted.

16




(f)                                     Such conversion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be deemed to have been effected at the close of business on the date on which such certificate or certificates shall have been surrendered and such notice and any required transfer documents and payments representing dividends shall have been received by the Corporation, and at such time the rights of the holder of the Converting Shares as such holder shall cease, and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates for the Converted Shares are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Converted Shares. Upon issuance of shares in accordance herewith, such Converted Shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. From and after the effectiveness of any such conversion, shares of the Series B Preferred so converted shall, upon compliance with applicable law, be restored to the status of authorized but unissued undesignated shares, until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors.

(g)                                  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be required to record the conversion of, and no holder of shares shall be entitled to convert, shares of Series B Preferred into shares of Common Stock unless such conversion is permitted under applicable law; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to rely without independent verification upon the representation of any holder that the conversion of shares by such holder is permitted under applicable law, and in no event shall the Corporation be liable to any such holder or any third party arising from any such conversion whether or not permitted by applicable law.

(h)                                  The Corporation will pay any and all stamp, transfer or other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of Common Stock received upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred, but shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Common Stock in a name other than that in which such shares of Series B Preferred were registered and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such conversion shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of any and all such taxes or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such taxes have been paid in full.

(i)                                      The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series B Preferred, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock or other securities as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred.

(j)                                      Whenever the Corporation shall issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred as contemplated by this Section 8, the Corporation shall issue together with each such share of Common Stock one Right (as defined in the Rights Agreement) pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Rights Agreement.

17




9.                                        Transfer Restriction. Shares of Series B Preferred shall be issued only to the Plan and Trust and the certificate or certificates representing such shares so issued may be registered in the name of the Plan and Trust or in the name of one or more Trustees acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust (or the nominee name of any such trustee). In the event the Plan and Trust, acting through any such trustee or otherwise, should transfer beneficial or record ownership of one or more shares of Series B Preferred to any person or entity, the shares of Series B Preferred so transferred, upon such transfer and without any further action by the Corporation or the Plan and Trust or anyone else, shall be automatically converted, as of the time of such transfer, into shares of Common Stock on the terms otherwise provided for the voluntary conversion of shares of Series B Preferred into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 8 hereof and no transferee of such share or shares shall thereafter have or receive any of the rights and preferences of the shares of Series B Preferred so converted. Certificates representing shares of Series B Preferred shall be legended to reflect the aforesaid restriction on transfer. Shares of Series B Preferred may also be subject to restrictions on transfer which relate to the securities laws of the United States of America or any state or other jurisdiction thereof.

10.                                  No other Rights. The shares of Series B Preferred shall not have any rights or preferences, except as set forth herein or as otherwise required by applicable law.

11.                                  Rules and Regulations. The Board of Directors shall have the right and authority from time to time to prescribe rules and regulations as it may determine to be necessary or advisable in its sole discretion for the administration of the Series B Preferred in accordance with the foregoing provisions and applicable law.

12.                                  Definitions. For purposes of this Resolution, the following definitions shall apply:

“Adjustment Period’’ shall mean the period of five (5) consecutive trading days preceding the date as of which the Fair Market Value of a security is to be determined.

“Business Day’’ shall mean each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

“Current Market Price’’ of publicly traded shares of Common Stock or any other class of capital stock or other security of the Corporation or any other issuer for any day shall mean the last reported sales price, regular way, or, in the event that no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on a principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ’’) or, if such security is not quoted on such National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on each such

18




day in the over-the-counter market as reported by NASDAQ or, if bid and asked prices for such security on each such day shall not have been reported through NASDAQ, the average of the bid and asked prices for such day as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm regularly making a market in such security selected for such purpose by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

“Extraordinary Distribution’’ shall mean any dividend or other distribution to holders of Common Stock (effected while any of the shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding) (i) of cash (other than a regularly scheduled quarterly dividend not exceeding 135% of the average quarterly dividend for the four quarters immediately preceding such dividend), where the aggregate amount of such cash dividend or distribution together with the amount of all cash dividends and distributions made during the preceding period of twelve (12) months, when combined with the aggregate amount of all Pro Rata Repurchases (for this purpose, including only that portion of the aggregate purchase price of such Pro Rata Repurchase which is in excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock repurchased as determined on the applicable expiration date (including all extensions thereof) of any tender offer or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase, or the date of purchase with respect to any other Pro Rata Repurchase which is not a tender offer or exchange offer made during such period), exceeds ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all shares of Common Stock outstanding on the day before the ex-dividend date with respect to such Extraordinary Distribution which is paid in cash and on the distribution date with respect to an Extraordinary Distribution which is paid other than in cash, and/or (ii) of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation (other than shares of Common Stock), other securities of the Corporation (other than securities of the type referred to in Section 8(b)(ii) or (iii) hereof), evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation or any other person or any other property (including shares of any subsidiary of the Corporation) or any combination thereof. The Fair Market Value of an Extraordinary Distribution for purposes of Section 8(b)(iv) hereof shall be equal to the sum of the Fair Market Value of such Extraordinary Distribution plus the amount of any cash dividends (other than regularly scheduled dividends not exceeding 135% of the aggregate quarterly dividends for the preceding period of twelve (12) months) which are not Extraordinary Distributions made during such 12-month period and not previously included in the calculation of an adjustment pursuant to Section 8(b)(iv) hereof.

“Fair Market Value’’ shall mean, as to shares of Common Stock or any other class of capital stock or securities of the Corporation or any other issue which are publicly traded, the average of the Current Market Prices of such shares or securities for each day of the Adjustment Period. The “Fair Market Value’’ of any security which is not publicly traded or of any other property shall mean the fair value thereof as determined by an independent investment banking or appraisal firm experienced in the valuation of such securities or property selected in good faith by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, or, if no such investment banking or appraisal firm is in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors or such committee available to make such determination, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or such committee. The Fair Market

19




Value of the Series B Preferred for purposes of Section 5(a) hereof and for purposes of Section 6 hereof shall be as determined by an independent appraiser, appointed by the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust, as of the most recent Valuation Date, as defined in the Plan and Trust.

“Non-Dilutive Amount’’ in respect of an issuance, sale or exchange by the Corporation of any right or warrant to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock (including any security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) shall mean the difference between (i) the product of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day preceding the first public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange multiplied by the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which could be acquired on such date upon the exercise in full of such rights and warrants (including upon the conversion or exchange of all such convertible or exchangeable securities), whether or not exercisable (or convertible or exchangeable) at such date, and (ii) the aggregate amount payable pursuant to such right or warrant to purchase or acquire such maximum number of shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the Non-Dilutive Amount be less than zero. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, in the case of a security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the amount payable pursuant to a right or warrant to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of such security on the date of the issuance, sale or exchange of such security by the Corporation.

“Pro Rata Repurchase’’ shall mean any purchase of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, whether for cash, shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation, evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation or any other person or any other property (including shares of a subsidiary of the Corporation), or any combination thereof, effected while any of the shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, pursuant to any tender offer or exchange offer subject to Section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act’’), or any successor provision of law, or pursuant to any other offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock; provided, however, that no purchase of shares by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof made in open market transactions shall be deemed a Pro Rata Repurchase. For purposes of this definition, shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof “in open market transactions’’ if they have been purchased substantially in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18, as in effect under the Exchange Act, on the date shares of Series B Preferred are initially issued by the Corporation or on such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall have determined are reasonably designed to prevent such purchases from having a material effect on the trading market for the Common Stock.

*                                          *                                          *

(3)                                   The foregoing amendment and restatement has been adopted pursuant to Chapter 302A of the Minnesota Statutes.

20



Exhibit 10.1

April 15, 2007

Mr. Alan D. Schnitzer
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Dear Alan:

It is my pleasure to provide you with this letter to confirm our offer for the position of Vice Chairman and Chief Legal Officer of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (“Travelers”).  Your first day of employment will be April 23, 2007 or such earlier date as we agree.  I am very excited about the future of Travelers, and your leadership and experience will be invaluable to our continued success.

The following are the principal terms on which you will be employed:

Position; Duties

 

You will be Vice Chairman and Chief Legal Officer, and a member of Travelers’ most senior policy setting committee of executives, currently the Management Committee. You will report directly to me and, to the extent consistent with Travelers’ by-laws, the Board of Directors and perform such duties as are consistent with your positions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, your specific responsibilities shall include management and direct oversight of the legal and government affairs functions.

 

 

 

Base Salary

 

$650,000 per annum, payable in accordance with normal payroll, to be reviewed annually and subject to adjustment in the discretion of our Compensation Committee.

 

 

 

Annual Cash Incentives

 

In respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, you will be paid a bonus of not less than $1,500,000, provided, that your entitlement to a minimum amount shall be conditioned upon the achievement for fiscal year 2007 of the return on equity performance goal set forth in Travelers’ Senior Executive Performance Plan. This bonus will be paid at the same time as 2007 bonuses are paid to senior executives of similar rank. In respect of years following 2007, you will be paid a bonus at the discretion of our Compensation Committee comparable to, and paid at the same time as, bonuses to senior executives of similar rank. However, assuming

 

1




 

 

 

acceptable performance by you and Travelers during an applicable year, it is anticipated that you will be paid a bonus with a range between $1,000,000 and $2,000,000, with a normal expectation of $1,500,000. Such range and normal expectation will be reviewed annually when base salary is reviewed and subject to adjustment at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. You must be actively employed by Travelers at the time of payment to receive any bonus described above.

 

 

 

Equity Grants

 

Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, you will be eligible for an equity award in respect of the prior fiscal year with an approximate fair value at grant equal to 300% of the annual rate of your then-current base salary. The actual multiple of base salary represented by each annual equity award may vary from year to year depending upon any factors our Compensation Committee deems appropriate. These awards will have terms and conditions similar to those applicable to, and granted at the same time as, awards of other senior executives of similar rank.

 

 

 

Sign-On Incentive

 

Upon your commencement date (which shall be your actual first day of employment), you will be entitled to: (i) $500,000 in cash, payable upon or as soon as practicable after your commencement date, (ii) an award of restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) for such number of shares of Travelers’ common stock equal to $8,000,000 divided by the closing price per share of Travelers’ common stock on your commencement date, (iii) an award of a stock option (the “Option”) having an exercise price equal to the closing price per share of Travelers’ common stock on your commencement date and exercisable for such number of shares of Travelers’ common stock so that the fair market value of the Option, calculated with the same methodology and assumptions used by Travelers for financial reporting purposes (excluding estimate for forfeitures) at the date of such award, equals $2,000,000.

 

 

 

 

 

The RSUs and the Option will be granted pursuant to our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan attached as Exhibit A (the “2004 Plan”), and such grants will be evidenced by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Notification and Agreements attached as Exhibit B and Exhibit C, respectively.

 

2




 

 

Pension Buyout

 

In recognition of your forfeiture of certain pension benefits, upon your commencement date, you will be entitled to a deferred compensation credit of $4,000,000 to a bookkeeping account (the “Deferred Compensation Account”) established, and treated as the deferral of an Incentive Award, under our Deferred Compensation Plan, attached as Exhibit D, and you shall be deemed to have elected a lump sum form of distribution thereunder. This deferred compensation credit is in the nature of a sign-on incentive and will not be benefit bearing for purposes of Travelers’ employee benefit programs.

 

 

 

 

 

The deferred compensation credit called for above will be added to a separate Deferred Compensation Account and will be subject to the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, including your right to notionally invest such account among the available notional investments; provided, however, that if prior to the first anniversary of your commencement date, Travelers terminates your employment for Cause, or you resign without Good Reason, you will forfeit the balance of such Deferred Compensation Account; and provided further that except as set forth in the preceding proviso, such Deferred Compensation Account will in no event be subject to forfeiture, offset or reduction. The Distribution Event Date under the Deferred Compensation Plan for such Deferred Compensation Account shall be as specified in Section 2.2(e)(1) of such plan.

 

 

 

 

 

You will otherwise be eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan on the same terms as are applicable to other senior executives of Travelers.

 

 

 

Severance/Non-Solicitation

 

You will be entitled to participate in the St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Severance Plan attached as Exhibit E, or any successor or other severance plan in which senior executives of similar rank participate.

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, as a condition to commencement of your employment, you must execute, and Travelers will execute, the Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement attached as Exhibit F.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, including, without limitation, any provisions of the St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Severance Plan attached as

 

3




 

 

Exhibit E, no benefit under this letter (including any accelerated vesting of any equity award) will operate as an offset to any severance entitlement.

 

 

 

 

 

With respect to the calculation of your severance entitlement for any severance-triggering termination, until the time you have received two payments under the annual incentive compensation plan, (i) for any year in which you have not received an annual bonus, you will be treated as having received an annual bonus of $2,000,000, and (ii) for any year in which you have received an annual bonus, you will be treated as having received an annual bonus equal to the greater of your actual bonus or $2,000,000.

 

 

 

Executive Tax and Financial Planning/Executive Physical

 

You will be eligible for executive tax and financial planning provided to other senior executives of similar rank. You will also be eligible for an annual executive physical as provided to other senior executives of similar rank.

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

You will be entitled to four weeks vacation per year.

 

 

 

 

 

You will be eligible for reimbursement of professional service expenses incurred in association with negotiating this agreement with the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

You will be made whole, on an after-tax basis, for any taxes imposed or arising by reason of any imputed income attributable to your travel from New York to any of our offices.

 

 

 

 

 

If, prior to the time the sign-on incentives hereunder have vested in full, there occurs a transaction described in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or any successor thereto, you will also be made whole, on an after-tax basis, for any taxes imposed or arising under Section 4999 of the Code or any successor thereto in connection with (A) your involuntary termination without Cause, (B) your voluntary termination with Good Reason and/or (C) the early vesting or payout of an award hereunder in connection with such a transaction and with Board or committee approval of such early vesting or payout. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all taxes under Section 4999 of the Code could be eliminated if your payments in the nature of compensation contingent upon the

 

4




 

 

applicable transaction (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) were reduced by no more than 10%, then such payments will be so reduced. Any make-whole payment to which you are entitled will be made contemporaneously with the withholding of any taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code and in any case no later than 5 days after the date of your payment of any such taxes.

 

 

 

 

 

Except as specifically provided in this letter, you will be entitled and subject to all changes in benefits and perquisite plans applicable to other senior executives of similar rank.

 

 

 

Good Reason

 

For purpose hereof, “Good Reason” shall exist if (i) there is a reduction in your base salary or a reduction in your bonus opportunity below the amounts described above (other than proportionate reductions that apply equally to all senior executives of similar rank), (ii) there is a diminution in your title, duties, or responsibilities, (iii) there is a consequential, involuntary relocation of your principal place of business, (iv) Mr. Fishman is no longer Chief Executive Officer of Travelers (or its successor) or you report to someone other than Mr. Fishman or the Board and/or (v) other events not identified above that would constitute Constructive Discharge, as defined in Exhibit F.

 

 

 

Cause

 

For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall be as defined in Exhibit F.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

5




If you have any questions at any time, please give me a call.

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Jay S. Fishman

 

Jay S. Fishman

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Accepted:

 

 

/s/ Alan D. Schnitzer

 

Alan D. Schnitzer

 

 

6



Exhibit 10.2

THE TRAVELERS SEVERANCE PLAN

(effective April 1, 2004)

I.                                          PURPOSE AND APPLICATION

I.1  Purpose:   The purpose of the Plan is to provide severance payments to certain employees of the Company and of those Affiliates that have adopted this Plan in the event such employees’ employment is terminated in specified circumstances.

I.2  Application:   The Plan as set forth herein applies to Employees who are terminated on or after April 1, 2006.  This Plan document supersedes and replaces any severance plan, program or policy maintained by an Employer prior to April 1, 2006.

II.                                      DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases, when used herein, unless their context clearly indicates otherwise, shall have the following respective meanings.

II.1                               “Administrator” means the Company, acting through the person, persons or committee delegated administrative authority pursuant to Article V.

II.2                               “Affiliate” means an entity on whose board of directors or other governing body the Company (directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries) has representation by virtue of its ownership of capital stock or other interest.  However, under no circumstances does the term include any venture capital company in which the Company or an Affiliate may, from time to time, have invested.

II.3                               “Company” means The Travelers Companies, Inc. or any successor corporation by merger, consolidation or purchase or otherwise which elects to adopt the Plan.

II.4                               “Conduct Harmful or Prejudicial to the Company” means any act or omission whether or not occurring during the course of employment, that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines to be detrimental to the interests of the Company or an Affiliate, including, but not limited to, violation of any Employer policy relating to illegal drugs, discrimination, sexual or other discriminatory harassment, alcohol, misconduct, gambling, firearms or possession of weapons, theft, destruction or misuse of company property, conflicts of interest, use of insider information, use or disclosure of confidential information, bribes and harming or threatening to cause harm to coworkers or business associates.




II.5                               “Employee” means a common law employee who, as of the date of Termination of Employment, is employed by an Employer as a non-temporary, Regular Status Full-Time Employee or Regular Status Part-Time Employee under classifications established and uniformly applied by the Employer, provided that the Employee is employed by an Employer or an Affiliate on or after April 1, 2006.  The term Employee shall not include any individual who performs services for the Company or an Affiliate (i) through, and is paid by, a third party (including but not limited to an employee leasing or staffing agency), or (ii) pursuant to a contract or agreement (whether written or verbal) which provides that such individual is an independent contractor or consultant, even if such individual is subsequently determined to be a common law employee of an Employer.

II.6                               “Employer” means the Company and each Affiliate that, with the approval of the Executive Vice President - Human Resources of the Company, has adopted the Plan.  In the event an Employer ceases to be an Affiliate for any reason (including, but not limited to, the sale or disposition of the stock of the Employer by the Company or an Affiliate), the Employer shall immediately cease to be an Employer.

II.7                               “Specified Employee” means an Employee who is a key employee, as that term is defined in Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Section 416(i), without regard to Code section 416(i)(5).  An Employee is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12)-month period beginning April 1 and ending the following March 31 if he/she was a key employee any time during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the December 31 preceding such April 1.

II.8                               “Offer of Continued Employment” means a job offer to an Employee by the Company or an Affiliate prior to the Employee’s Termination of Employment (or, in the case of a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the business operation of the Company or an Affiliate, an offer by the purchaser or transferee or any affiliate of such purchaser or transferee, or, in the case of the outsourcing of a job function to a third-party service provider, an offer by the third-party service provider or an affiliate of such provider) for a position (i) with base compensation equal to or greater than the Employee’s current base compensation; and (ii) which allows the Employee to work at his/her then current work site or within thirty (30) miles of his/her current work site (or, in the case of virtual office employees, within thirty (30) miles from the office to which the Employee is assigned) or at a location that is closer to the Employee’s current residence than is the Employee’s current work site.  In the case of a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the business operation of the Company or an Affiliate (by means of a stock or asset disposition, or similar transaction), the sale or transfer agreement may explicitly or implicitly modify the definition of “Offer of Continued Employment” for purposes of this Plan.

2




II.9                               “Reduction in Force” or “RIF” means a Termination of Employment initiated by an Employer solely due to a reduction in force or the elimination of an Employee’s position. An Employee will not be treated as having had a Termination of Employment due to a RIF if: (i) the Employee’s employment is terminated due to inadequate job performance or for Conduct Harmful or Prejudicial to the Company, even if the Employer chooses not to replace such Employee or fill the Employee’s position or (ii) the Employee declines an Offer of Continued Employment by the Company or an Affiliate prior to the Employee’s Termination of Employment, whether that Offer of Continued Employment was made before or after Written Notice of Termination was provided to the Employee.  An Employee who is on a disability leave at the time of a RIF will be treated as having had a Termination of Employment due to a RIF if (a) the Employee recovers from his/her disability and provides the Employer with written notice of his/her intent to return to work for the Company or an Affiliate, along with a physician’s certification that the Employee is able to return to work, prior to his/her Termination of Employment (both the notice must be given, and the Employee must be able to return to work, prior to Termination of Employment), and (b) the Employee does not receive an Offer of Continued Employment by the Company or an Affiliate within sixty (60) days after the date the Employer receives written notice of the Employee’s intent to return to work.

II.10                        “Regular Status, Full-Time Employee” means a common-law employee who works a regular schedule of hours which is at least the customary number of hours per week assigned by his/her office.

II.11                        “Regular Status, Part-Time Employee” means a common-law employee who works a regular schedule of hours which is less than the customary number of hours per week assigned by his/her office.

II.12                        “Severance Payments” or “Severance Benefits” means the benefits payable to an Employee who, in accordance with Article III, is eligible for such benefits in the amount and form set forth in the appropriate Severance Payment Schedule.

II.13                        “Severance Payment Schedule” or “Schedule” means the schedules attached hereto and incorporated herein, as amended from time to time, which set forth the amount, form of, and additional conditions for entitlement to Severance Benefits payable under this Plan.

II.14                        “Termination of Employment” means, for purposes of determining an Employee’s entitlement to Severance Payments under this Plan, a complete severance of an Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and all Affiliates.  Accordingly, a transfer of an Employee’s employment between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not constitute a Termination of Employment.  In the event of an authorized leave of absence (including a disability leave), a Termination of Employment will be deemed to have occurred during or at the end of such leave in accordance with the employment policies of the Employer in effect and as amended from time to time.

3




An Employee who, in conjunction with a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the business operation of the Company or an Affiliate (by means of a stock or asset disposition, or similar transaction), transfers employment to the purchaser or transferee or to any affiliate of such purchaser or transferee, or is given an Offer of Continued Employment by the purchaser or transferee or any affiliate of such purchaser or transferee, shall not be treated as having incurred a Termination of Employment for purposes of this Plan. In addition, an Employee shall not be treated as having incurred a Termination of Employment merely because such Employee’s Employer ceases to be an Employer and/or an Affiliate under this Plan.

An Employee who, in connection with the outsourcing of a job function to a third-party service provider, transfers employment to the third-party service provider or an affiliate of such provider, or is given an Offer of Continued Employment by the third-party service provider or an affiliate of such provider, shall not be treated as having incurred a Termination of Employment for purposes of this Plan.

II.15                        “Voluntary Termination” means a Termination of Employment initiated by the Employee.

An Employee whose employment is involuntarily terminated in conjunction with a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the business operation of the Company or an Affiliate or the sale or transfer of substantially all of the assets used in a trade or business of an Employer or Affiliate, shall be deemed to have incurred a Voluntary Termination if the Employee declines an Offer of Continued Employment with the purchaser or transferee or with an affiliate of such purchaser or transferee.

Also, an Employee who has a Termination of Employment for any reason and who declines an Offer of Continued Employment by the Company or an Affiliate, shall be deemed to have a Voluntary Termination.

II.16                        “Waiver and Release” means a general release and waiver of claims, ordinarily in the form of a confidential separation agreement, executed by an Employee within the time limits established by the Employer in form and substance satisfactory to the Employer.  Such general release and waiver of claims shall include a non-solicitation clause, pursuant to which the Employee agrees not to solicit certain people or groups of people to discontinue their business and/or employment relationship with the Company for a period of time to be specified in the Waiver and Release.

II.17                        “Written Notice of Termination” means a formal, written communication from an Employer to the Employee informing the Employee that his/her employment will be terminated on a date certain in the future.

II.18                        “Years of Service” means an Employee’s years of service based on the applicable Service Date as noted in the employee’s employment record in the Company’s human resource system.  This date reflects the continuous service date or the adjusted service date for employees who have had a break in service and are eligible for service restoration based on the terms of the Travelers Pension Plan or any prior applicable pension plan.

4




Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee received Severance Benefits for a previous period of employment, that Employee will be eligible for Severance Benefits with respect to Years of Service commencing with the Employee’s most recent date of employment with the Company or an Affiliate (while it is an affiliate).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, benefits paid under the Travelers Pension Plan (or a predecessor pension plan) with respect to any previous period of employment will not be considered Severance Benefits.

III.                                  ELIGIBILITY FOR SEVERANCE PAYMENTS

III.1                           Reduction in Force:   If, in the discretion of the Administrator, an Employee experiences a Termination of Employment due to a Reduction in Force and, except as otherwise provided in Schedule A, the Employee executes a Waiver and Release, the Employee will be eligible for the Severance Payments specified in Schedule A.

III.2                           Termination for Conduct Harmful or Prejudicial to the Company:   An Employee who has a Termination of Employment for Conduct Harmful or Prejudicial to the Company shall not be entitled to any severance payment hereunder.

III.3                           Voluntary Termination:   An Employee who experiences a Voluntary Termination or who has a Termination of Employment due to his death or disability shall not be entitled to any severance payment hereunder.

III.4                           Employment or Other Agreements:   For an Employee whose employment is terminated under circumstances that entitle that Employee to receive payments upon separation of employment pursuant to a written employment or other separation agreement, no payments will be made under this Plan.

III.5                           Termination for Unsatisfactory Performance.  An Employee who is terminated for unsatisfactory performance, as determined within the sole discretion of the Company, shall not be entitled to any severance payment hereunder.

III.6                           Termination due to Death After Receiving Written Notice of Termination But Before Executing Waiver and Release.   An Employee who dies after receiving Written Notice of Termination but before executing a Waiver and Release shall not be entitled to any severance payment hereunder.

III.7                           Other Terminations:  An Employee shall not be entitled to Severance Benefits if the severance of his/her employment relationship with the Company and its Affiliates is not considered a Termination of Employment for purposes of this Plan; further, an Employee whose Termination of Employment is not described in Section III.1 shall not be entitled to Severance Benefits even if the Termination of Employment is not excluded under Sections III.2., III.3., III.4., III.5 or III.6.

5




III.8                           Modified Severance Benefits:   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article III or the provisions of any Severance Payment Schedule to the contrary, an Employer may, in its sole discretion, provide severance benefits less than or in excess of the Severance Benefits, if any, otherwise payable under this Plan to an Employee who has a Termination of Employment.  An Employer shall have no obligation to provide additional benefits to any Employee under this Section III.8 and need not make benefit grants under this Section on a uniform basis to similarly-situated Employees.

III.9                           Statutory or Other Severance Pay Benefits:   If any Employee is entitled to a statutory severance benefit pursuant to federal, state, local or other applicable law, or to any amounts payable pursuant to any other plan, policy of, or agreement with, the Company on account of Employee’s termination of employment, the severance pay benefit under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of such statutory or other severance benefit.

IV.                                 PAYMENT AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES

IV.1                          Withholding:   The Employer shall withhold from the Severance Benefits paid hereunder all federal and state income and FICA taxes and any other amounts required to be withheld.

IV.2                          Death of Employee:   If an Employee dies after receiving Written Notice of Termination, executing a Waiver and Release, and before receiving full payment of Severance Benefits, the Employer shall pay the remaining amounts due to the Employee’s estate, unless the Employee designates a different payee on a form and in such manner as is prescribed by the Administrator.  Any payee will be required to execute a Waiver and Release similar to that required of the Employee, as if the Employee had not died, in order to receive payment of Severance Benefits not otherwise required to be paid by law.

IV.3                          Effect on Other Benefits :  The period for which Severance Payments may be computed and the payments provided under this Plan shall not constitute employment, compensation or salary for purposes of determining participation in or the benefits under this or any other benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate, unless otherwise expressly provided under the terms of such plan.  An Employee’s entitlement to other types of benefits (e.g., retirement benefits or stay pay) will not affect an Employee’s entitlement to, or the amount of, Severance Benefits under the Plan, except as expressly provided by the governing plan or by agreement.

IV.4                          Reduction for Debt:   Consistent with applicable law, the amounts payable to an Employee under an applicable Severance Payment Schedule are subject to reduction for any amounts the Employee owes to the Company or an Affiliate as determined by the Administrator.

6




IV.5                          Severance Claim Procedure:

(a)                                   Written Notice of Amount of Severance Benefits

No later than ten (10) days after an Employee’s Termination of Employment due to a Reduction in Force, or such other point in time as determined by the Administrator, the Administrator will provide the Employee with a written notice (“Notice”) of the amount of Severance Benefits payable to the Employee under the Plan and what conditions the Employee must meet to receive payment of Severance Benefits (e.g., execution of a Waiver and Release).

(b)                                   Claim for Benefits

If an Employee is denied Severance Benefits or objects to the amount of benefits provided, the Employee may file a written claim for benefits with the Administrator objecting to the denial of benefits or the amount of benefits payable under the Plan.

Not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of such claim, the Administrator will render a written decision on the claim to the Employee.  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, such decision will include: the reasons for the denial; a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Employee to perfect the claim; an explanation as to why such information or material is necessary; and an explanation of the Plan’s claim procedure.

(c)                                   Appeal of Administrative Committee’s Determination

No later than sixty (60) days after receiving the Administrator’s written decision, if the Employee disagrees with the decision and wants to pursue the matter further, the Employee or the Employee’s representative must file with the Administrator a written request for review of the Administrator’s decision, and the Employee or the Employee’s representative may thereafter review Plan documents that relate to the claim and submit written comments to the Administrator.  No later than sixty (60) days after the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review, the Administrator should render a written decision on the claim, which decision will include the specific reasons for the decision, including references to specific Plan provisions where appropriate.

7




The Administrator may extend the ninety (90)- and sixty (60)- day periods during which the Administrator should respond to the claimant by up to an additional ninety (90) or sixty (60) days, respectively, if special circumstances so require and if notice of such extension is given to the Employee prior to the expiration of the initial ninety (90)- or sixty (60)- day period.  Failure on the part of the Employee to respond to an Administrator’s written decision on a timely basis as described above, will be regarded by the Employer as a waiver of any continued rights under the Severance Claim Procedures described in this Section.

Any failure by the Administrator to respond to a written request for review shall be deemed a denial of the request, based on the same grounds identified in the initial written decision of the Administrator.

IV.6                          Statute of Limitations

The claims procedure in Sec. IV.5 is mandatory.  If an Employee has completed the entire claims procedure and still disagrees with the outcome of the Employee’s claim, the Employee may commence a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).  The Employee must commence such civil action within one year of the date of the final denial under Sec. IV.5(d) above.  If the Employee does not commence such civil action within one year of the date of the final denial, the Employee will waive all rights to relief under ERISA.

V.                                     PLAN ADMINISTRATION

V.1                              Administration:   The Company, in its capacity as Administrator of the Plan, shall have overall responsibility for the administration and operation of the Plan, including the authority and discretion to:

(a)                                   construe and interpret this document (or any form or other document established for use in the administration of the Plan);

(b)                                  determine all questions, whether legal or factual, arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including, but not limited to the entitlement of any Employee to Severance Payments and, subject to the Employer’s exercise of discretion under Section III.8, the amount of Severance Payments to be made to any Employee, and the decisions of the Administrator shall be final and binding upon the Employee and the Employer;

(c)                                   communicate the Plan and its eligibility requirements to Employees;

(d)                                  prepare and furnish to Employees all information required under Federal law or provisions of the Plan to be furnished to them;

8




(e)                                   have prepared and filed all reports or other information required under Federal law to be provided to any governmental entity; and

(f)                                     hear, review and determine claims for benefits.

The Company, in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan (or any other Employer under the circumstances described in Section VI.1, and in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan), is responsible for determining the form and substance of any Waiver and Release required as a condition to the receipt of Severance Benefits under the Plan.  Such Waiver and Release, to the extent it provides Severance Benefits to the Employee, will be deemed to form part of the Plan once executed by the Employee, and Company, as Administrator of the Plan, will have the authority and discretion specified above with respect to such Waiver and Release.

V.2                              Delegation of Authority :  The Company, by action of its chief executive officer, may delegate authority to a person, persons or committee to act on behalf of the Company in its capacity as Administrator of the Plan.  In the absence of such delegation, the Executive Vice President – Human Resources shall act on behalf of the Company in its capacity as Administrator of the Plan.  Any person or committee with authority delegated by the Company (including a delegation pursuant to the default provision of the prior sentence) may further delegate, from time to time, authority to such person or persons as he/she/it deems advisable and may revoke any such delegation of authority.  Any action by a delegate in the exercise of delegated authority shall be action on behalf of the Administrator and shall have the same force and effect as if such action was taken by the Company in its capacity as Administrator of the Plan.

V.3                              Exercise of Authority:   The Company, in its capacity as Administrator of the Plan, and any person or committee who acts on behalf of the Administrator, may exercise authority in its/his/her full discretion, subject only to the duties imposed under ERISA.  This discretionary authority includes, but is not limited to, the authority specified in Section V.1. The exercise of authority will be binding upon all persons; and it is intended that the exercise of authority be given deference in all courts of law to the greatest extent allowed under law, and that it not be overturned or set aside by any court of law unless found to be arbitrary and capricious.

VI.                                 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

VI.1                          Amendment and Termination :  The Company, in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan, may at any time and without prior notice, amend or terminate this Plan or any Severance Payment Schedule.  Any amendment or termination of this Plan or Severance Payment Schedule shall be by written instrument signed by the Company’s Executive Vice President – Human Resources.

9




Any Affiliate may, with the approval of the Company’s Executive Vice President - Human Resources, adopt this Plan and become an Employer hereunder or withdraw from the Plan.  Each Employer under this Plan may, in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan and with the approval of the Company’s Executive Vice President - Human Resources, design, adopt and amend its own Severance Payment Schedule and Waiver and Release.  The adoption, amendment or termination of a Schedule by an Employer hereunder shall be by written instrument signed by an officer of the Employer and the Company’s Executive Vice President - Human Resources.  By adopting the Plan, each Employer consents to:

(a)                                   administration of the Plan by the Company; and

(b)                                  any amendment adopted by the Company, except as provided above with respect to its own Severance Payment Schedule or Waiver and Release.

The Company by amendment or termination of the Plan, or any Employer by amendment of its Severance Payment Schedule, or by withdrawal from the Plan, may reduce or eliminate any Severance Benefits that have not been fully paid prior to the date the amendment, termination or withdrawal is executed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, an amendment, termination or withdrawal may not reduce or eliminate any Severance Benefits that are conditioned upon execution of a Waiver and Release after the Employee has been provided a copy of the Waiver and Release for his/her signature.

VI.2                          Source of Payment:   Severance Benefits payable under this Plan to any Employee shall be paid directly out of the general assets of such Employee’s Employer.  An Employer is not responsible for (and has no contractual obligation with respect to) Severance Benefits payable to an Employee who is or was employed with another Employer.  If an Employee is concurrently employed with two or more Employers, each will be responsible for the Severance Benefit attributable to employment with that Employer.

VI.3                          Governing Law:   This Plan, to the extent not preempted by ERISA or any other federal law, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Minnesota.  The Plan is intended to be an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA.

10




VI.4                          Interests Not Transferable:   Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any state or locality, no Severance Benefits payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or other legal process, or encumbrance of any kind.  Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any such Severance Benefits, whether currently or thereafter payable, shall be void.  No person shall, in any manner, be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any person entitled to such benefits.  If any person shall attempt to, or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber his Severance Benefits under the Plan, or if by any reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time, such benefits would devolve upon any other person or would not be enjoyed by the person entitled thereto under the Plan, then the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may terminate the interest in any such benefits of the person entitled thereto under the Plan and hold or apply them for or to the benefit of such person entitled thereto under the Plan or such person’s spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner as the Administrator may deem proper.

VI.5                          Employment Rights:   Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to in any way modify the parties’ at-will employment relationship, or to give any Employee the right to be retained in the Company’s or any Affiliate’s service or to any benefits not specifically provided by the Plan.  The right of an Employer to terminate the employment relationship of an Employee (or to accelerate the termination date) will not in any way be affected by the terms of this Plan or any Waiver and Release.

VI.6                          Severability:   Any provision herein that may be unenforceable will be deemed severed from the remainder hereof, with such remaining provisions being given full force and effect.

VI.7                          Gender and Number:   Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine, and the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

11




THE TRAVELERS SEVERANCE PLAN

(effective April 1, 2004)

Severance Payment Schedule A

Effective For Terminations From

The Travelers Companies

This Schedule A applies to Terminations of Employment due to a Reduction in Force (“RIF”).  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Schedule A, in order to be eligible for the Severance Benefits detailed below, the Employee must first execute a Waiver and Release of all claims against the Employer in the form provided to the Employee by the Employer.

I.                                          Amount of Severance Benefit

The Employee will be eligible to receive a Severance Benefit in an amount equal to two (2) weeks of his/her base salary as of the date of termination for each full Year of Service with a minimum payment equal to four (4) weeks of base salary and a maximum payment equal to fifty-two (52) weeks of base salary.

The Employee will receive this Severance Benefit in periodic payments (paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices) beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the later of:  (i) the date on which the Employee has a Termination of Employment due to a RIF; or (ii) twenty-five (25) days after the Employee executes the Waiver and Release in the form provided to the Employee by the Employer.

If the Employee is re-employed by the Company or an Affiliate at a date subsequent to the start of payment of Severance Benefits under this Schedule, as a condition of re-employment, any payments outstanding under the terms of this Plan will cease.

Notwithstanding the above, the Severance Benefit payable to any Employee covered by Schedule B will be determined under Schedule B, subject to possible reduction under Section II of this Schedule A, and with the additional benefits described in Sections III and IV of this Schedule A.

II.                                      Possible Reduction in Severance Benefits and Adjustment in Separation Date

If, after being informed of his/her Termination of Employment, an Employee engages in insubordinate conduct, is disruptive in the workplace, engages in conduct that otherwise damages the morale of his/her work unit or the office as a whole, produces a significantly or consistently inferior work product or abandons his/her job by taking repeated unapproved absences, the Employer has the right to terminate the Employee immediately and accelerate the Employee’s date of Termination of Employment, even if Employee has already executed his/her Waiver and Release.  Where the Employer invokes this right, the Employee will be provided with an accelerated Termination of Employment date and will be removed from the payroll and the Employer’s benefit plans as of the new, earlier Termination of Employment date.  In addition, the Employer will have the right to reduce the Employee’s Severance Benefits consistent with the earlier Termination of Employment date and, depending on the seriousness of the performance issues, the Employer may also terminate entitlement to Severance Benefits.

12




If, after being informed of his/her Termination of Employment, an Employee accelerates his/her Termination of Employment date due to death or Voluntary Termination, the Employer will have the right to reduce the Employee’s Severance Benefits consistent with the earlier Termination of Employment date and, except in the case of a Termination of Employment due to the Employee’s death, the Employer may also terminate entitlement to Severance Benefits.

III.                                  Relocation

An Employee who has relocated to his/her current work site at the request of the Employer or as part of an initial Offer of Employment and who, within twenty-four (24) months of such relocation, or, in the case of an initial Offer of Employment, within twenty-four (24) months of such Offer of Employment, has a Termination of Employment due to a RIF, will receive relocation benefits corresponding to the current Travelers’ employee relocation plan that is closest to the plan originally provided to Employee, provided that: (i) the Employee relocates within three (3) months of the date of Termination of Employment; and (ii) in the latest relocation, the Employee moves to a primary residence in one of the forty-eight (48) contiguous states within the United States of America.  An Employee will be considered to have relocated on the date on which he/she has actually physically relocated to a new location.  Proof of a rental or lease agreement or of an Offer of Purchase for property in the new location may be required.

IV.                                  Outplacement Services

An Employee who has a Termination of Employment due to a RIF will receive, at the Employer’s expense, professional outplacement services.  The cost, duration and content of these services shall be determined by the Employer and may be modified from time to time without notice to the general Employee population.  The Employee will not be required to sign a Waiver and Release as a condition to receiving such outplacement services.  An Employee who has a Voluntary Termination after receiving Written Notice of Termination, but before the Termination of Employment date specified in the Notice, will receive no additional outplacement services.

No other benefits are available under this Schedule A on account of an Employee’s Termination of Employment.

13




THE TRAVELERS SEVERANCE PLAN

(effective April 1, 2004)

Severance Payment Schedule B

Executive Severance Policy

This Schedule B applies to Terminations of Employment due to a Reduction in Force (“RIF”) that occur on or after September 28, 2005 with respect to any Employee who is serving the Employer in a position of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President.  For purposes of this Schedule B, an Employee serving the Employer in a position of Vice Chairman will be considered an Executive Vice President.  In order to be eligible for the Severance Benefits described below, the Employee must first execute a Waiver and Release of all claims against the Employer in the form provided to the Employee by the Employer.

For purposes of this Schedule B, “total monthly cash compensation” equals one twelfth (1/12) of the Employee’s annual base salary in effect at the time of his/her Termination of Employment plus one twelfth (1/12) of the average of his/her two most recent cash payments under the annual incentive compensation plan of the Company.

I.                                          This Section I of Schedule B applies to Terminations of Employment due to RIF by Employees who are Executive Vice Presidents.

The Employee will be eligible to receive a Severance Benefit in an amount equal to the number of months specified in the chart below (determined based on his/her Years of Service at Termination of Employment) multiplied by his/her total monthly cash compensation:

 

Years of Service

 

 

 

Less than 5

 

5 but less than 10

 

10 or more

 

Months of Severance Benefit

 

18

 

21

 

24

 

 

The Severance Benefit will be paid as follows:

A.                                  No amount will be paid until the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

B.                                    On the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to one-half of his/her annual base salary in effect at Termination of Employment.

C.                                    Starting with the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment and continuing for a total of six (6) months, the Employee will receive a monthly amount (paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices) equal to one twelfth (1/12) of his/her annual base salary in effect at the time of his/her Termination of Employment

D.                                   On the first day of the month following the one year anniversary of the Employee’s Termination of Employment, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to his/her total Severance Benefit calculated above, reduced by the previous payments made to the Employee under A., B., and C.

14




II.                                      This Section II of Schedule B applies to Terminations of Employment due to RIF by Employees who are Senior Vice Presidents.

The Employee will be eligible to receive a Severance Benefit in an amount equal to the number of months specified in the chart below (determined based on his/her Years of Service at Termination of Employment) multiplied by his/her total monthly cash compensation:

 

Years of Service

 

 

 

Less than 5

 

5 but less than 10

 

10 or more

 

Months of Severance Benefit

 

12

 

15

 

18

 

 

The Severance Benefit will be paid as follows:

A.                                  No amount will be paid until the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

B.                                    On the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to one-half of his/her annual base salary in effect at Termination of Employment.

C.                                    Starting with the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment and continuing for a total of six (6) months, the Employee will receive a monthly amount (paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices) equal to one twelfth (1/12) of his/her annual base salary in effect at the time of his/her Termination of Employment

D.                                   On the first day of the month following the one year anniversary of the Employee’s Termination of Employment, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to his/her total Severance Benefit calculated above, reduced by the previous payments made to the Employee under A., B., and C.

III.                                  This Section III of Schedule B applies to Terminations of Employment due to RIF by Employees who are Vice Presidents.

The Employee will be eligible to receive a Severance Benefit in an amount equal to the number of months specified in the chart below (determined based on his/her Years of Service at Termination of Employment) multiplied by his/her total monthly cash compensation:

 

Years of Service

 

 

 

Less than 5

 

5 but less than 10

 

10 or more

 

Months of Severance Benefit

 

6

 

9

 

12

 

 

The Severance Benefit will be paid as follows:

15




A.                                  In the case of an Employee who is not a Specified Employee, such Employee will receive a monthly amount (paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices) equal to one twelfth (1/12) of his/her annual base salary in effect at the time of his/her Termination of Employment, with payments commencing as soon as administratively practicable following the later of (i) the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; or (ii) twenty-five (25) days after the Employee executes the Waiver and Release in the form provided to the Employee by the Employer.  Such payments will continue until the total payments to the Employee equal the full Severance Benefit calculated above (with the final payment being equal to the full Severance Benefit minus all prior monthly payments) or until twelve (12) monthly payments have been made, whichever occurs first.

B.                                    If a Severance Benefit remains after the monthly payments have been made under A., then, on the first day of the month following the last such monthly payment, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to his/her total Severance Benefit calculated above, reduced by the previous payments to the Employee made under A.

In the case of an Employee who is a Specified Employee, such Employee’s Severance Benefit will be paid as follows:

A.                                  No amount will be paid until the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

B.                                    On the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to one-half of his/her annual base salary in effect at Termination of Employment.

C.                                    Starting with the seventh month following the Employee’s Termination of Employment, the Employee will receive a monthly amount (paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices) equal to one twelfth (1/12) of his/her annual base salary in effect at the time of his/her Termination of Employment. Such payments will continue until the total payments to the Employee made under B. and C. equal the full Severance Benefit calculated above (with the final payment being equal to the full Severance Benefit minus all prior payments made under B. or C.) or until six (6) monthly payments have been paid, whichever occurs first.

D.                                   If a Severance Benefit remains after the payments have been made under B. and C., then, on the first day of the month following the last such monthly payment, the Employee will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to his/her total Severance Benefit calculated above, reduced by the previous payments to the Employee made under B and C.

16



Exhibit 12.1

THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

 

Three Months Ended
 June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
 June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

1,641

 

$

1,344

 

$

3,101

 

$

2,682

 

Interest

 

85

 

78

 

161

 

154

 

Portion of rentals deemed to be interest

 

20

 

17

 

40

 

35

 

Income available for fixed charges

 

$

1,746

 

$

1,439

 

$

3,302

 

$

2,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

85

 

$

78

 

$

161

 

$

154

 

Portion of rentals deemed to be interest

 

20

 

17

 

40

 

35

 

Total fixed charges

 

105

 

95

 

201

 

189

 

Preferred stock dividend requirements

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

4

 

Total fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements

 

$

107

 

$

97

 

$

205

 

$

193

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

16.65

 

15.22

 

16.41

 

15.23

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements

 

16.39

 

14.92

 

16.14

 

14.93

 

 

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing income available for fixed charges by the fixed charges. For purposes of this ratio, fixed charges consist of that portion of rentals deemed representative of the appropriate interest factor.



Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Jay S. Fishman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

1.                         I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the Company);

2.                         Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                         The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a)                       designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)                      designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)                       evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)                      disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                         The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors:

a)                       all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)                      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 

July 26, 2007

 

 

By:

 

/ S/    JAY S. FISHMAN

 

 

 

 

Jay S. Fishman

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Jay S. Benet, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

1.                         I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the Company);

2.                         Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                         The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a)                       designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)                      designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)                       evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)                      disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                         The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors:

a)                       all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)                      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  

July 26, 2007

 

 

 

By:

 

/ S/    JAY S. BENET

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jay S. Benet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer

 



Exhibit 32.1

THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 

 July 26, 2007

By:

/ S/    JAY S. FISHMAN

 

 

Name: Jay S. Fishman

 

 

Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 32.2

THE TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 

July 26, 2007

 

By:

 

/ S/    JAY S. BENET

 

 

 

 

Name: Jay S. Benet

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer